PINNACLE BANCSHARES INC
S-8, 1999-08-17
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: TURBODYNE TECHNOLGIES INC, NT 10-Q, 1999-08-17
Next: LINENS N THINGS INC, 10-Q, 1999-08-17



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 17, 1999
                                                  Registration No. 001-_________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
                                    FORM S-8
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
                            PINNACLE BANCSHARES, INC.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                 ALABAMA                              72-1370314
         -------------------------------          -------------------
         (State or Other Jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. Employer
         Incorporation or Organization)           Identification No.)

                               1811 SECOND AVENUE
                           JASPER, ALABAMA 35502-1388
                     ---------------------------------------
                     (Address of Principal Executive Office)

                  PINNACLE BANK PROFIT SHARING RETIREMENT PLAN
                  --------------------------------------------
                            (Full title of the Plan)

                         ROBERT B. NOLEN, JR., PRESIDENT
                            PINNACLE BANCSHARES, INC.
                               1811 SECOND AVENUE
                           JASPER, ALABAMA 35502-1388
                     --------------------------------------
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                 (205) 221-4111
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          (Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

                                   COPIES TO:
                        EDWARD B. CROSLAND, JR., ESQUIRE
                             J. MARK POERIO, ESQUIRE
                                   KUTAK ROCK
                    1101 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 1000
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036-4374
                                 (202) 828-2400
                   ------------------------------------------
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================================
       Title Of                Amount          Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum       Amount of
      Securities                To Be           Offering Price     Aggregate Offering    Registration
 To Be Registered (1)      Registered (2)        Per Share (3)          Price (4)             Fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                   <C>               <C>                  <C>
     Common Stock,
    $.01 par value             100,000               $9.875            $987,500.00          $275.00
=====================================================================================================
<FN>
(1)   In  addition,  pursuant to  Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  this  Registration
      Statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the Pinnacle
      Bank Profit Sharing Retirement Plan (the "Plan"), as described herein.
(2)   Estimates the maximum number of shares  expected to be issued under the   Plan assuming that all employer
      and employee contributions to the Plan are used to purchase  shares of Common  Stock,  together  with  an
      indeterminate  number of shares  which may be  necessary  to adjust the number  of  additional  shares of
      Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan and being  registered hereby,  as the result of a
      stock split, stock dividend,  reclassification,  recapitalization  or similar adjustment(s) of the Common
      Stock of Pinnacle Bancshares, Inc.
(3)   Under  Rule 457(c),  the shares  are being  registered  based upon the average of the high and low selling
      prices of the common  stock of the Registrant  as  reported on the  American  Stock  Exchange  ("AMEX") on
      August 11, 1999 of $9.875 per share ($987,500 in the aggregate).
(4)   Estimated based on (2) and (3) above.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

                       INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION
                                10(A) PROSPECTUS

ITEM 1.  PLAN INFORMATION*

ITEM 2.  REGISTRANT INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE PLAN ANNUAL INFORMATION*

     *This Registration  Statement relates to the registration of 100,000 shares
of Common Stock,  $.01 par value per share,  of Pinnacle  Bancshares,  Inc. (the
"Company")  reserved for issuance  and delivery  under the Pinnacle  Bank Profit
Sharing  Retirement  Plan (the "Plan").  Documents  containing  the  information
required  by Part I of this  Registration  Statement  will be sent or  given  to
participants in the Plan as specified by Rule 428(b)(1).  Such documents are not
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  either as
part of this Registration Statement or as prospectuses or prospectus supplements
pursuant to Rule 424, in reliance on Rule 428.

                                     PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     Pinnacle  Bancshares,  Inc. (the "Company") is subject to the informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")
and,  accordingly,  files  periodic  reports  and  other  information  with  the
Commission.  Reports,  proxy  statements  and other  information  concerning the
Company  filed with the  Commission  may be inspected and copies may be obtained
(at prescribed rates) at the Commission's  Public Reference Section,  Room 1024,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549. The Commission also maintains a
Web site that  contains  reports,  proxy and  information  statements  and other
information  regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission,
including  the  Company.   The  address  for  the   Commission's   Web  site  is
"http://www.sec.gov".

     The  following  documents  filed by the  Company are  incorporated  in this
Registration Statement by reference:

     (a) The  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1998 (Commission File No. 001-12707);

     (b) The  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter  ended
March 31, 1999 (Commission File No. 001-12707);

     (c) The  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter  ended
June 30, 1999 (Commission File No. 001-12707);

     (d) The description of the Company's securities contained in this Company's
Registration  Statement on Form 8-A as filed with the  Commission on January 29,
1997.

     ALL DOCUMENTS FILED BY THE COMPANY  PURSUANT TO SECTIONS  13(A),  13(C), 14
AND  15(D) OF THE 1934 ACT AFTER THE DATE  HEREOF  AND PRIOR TO THE  FILING OF A
POST-EFFECTIVE  AMENDMENT WHICH INDICATES THAT ALL SECURITIES  OFFERED HAVE BEEN
SOLD OR WHICH  DEREGISTERS ALL SECURITIES THEN REMAINING  UNSOLD SHALL BE DEEMED
TO BE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND TO BE A PART
HEREOF FROM THE DATE OF FILING OF SUCH DOCUMENTS.
<PAGE>
ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTIONS OF SECURITIES

     Not applicable,  as the Common Stock is registered  under Section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ITEM 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Directors, officers and employees of the Company may be entitled to benefit
from  the   indemnification   provisions   contained  in  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law (The "DGCL") and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation. The
general effect of these provisions is summarized below:

Delaware General Corporation Law

     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a Delaware  corporation  to  indemnify  any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
proceeding  of  any  type  (other  than  an  action  by or in the  right  of the
corporation),  by  reason  of the fact  that he is or was a  director,  officer,
employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise,  against  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably  incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect
to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his
conduct was  unlawful.  The  termination  of any action,  suit or  proceeding by
judgment,  order, settlement,  conviction,  or upon a plea of nolo contendere or
its equivalent,  may not, of itself,  create a presumption  that these standards
have not been met.

     A Delaware  corporation may also indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to any  proceeding by or in the right of the
corporation  by  reason  of the  fact  that  he is or was a  director,  officer,
employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,   trust  or  other  enterprise  against  expenses
(including   attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation.  However,  no indemnification  may be made in
respect of any claim,  issue or matter as to which such  person  shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that the
Court of  Chancery  or the  court  in  which  such  action  or suit was  brought
determines upon application  that such person is fairly and reasonably  entitled
to be indemnified.

     To the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent of a corporation
has been  successful  on the merits or  otherwise  in defense of any  proceeding
described above,  indemnification  against expenses (including  attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by him is mandatory.

     Any determination that indemnification of the director,  officer,  employee
or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable
standard  of conduct  noted  above  must be made by a  majority  of the board of
directors by a majority  vote of a quorum  consisting  of directors who were not
parties  to  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding,  or if  such a  quorum  is not
obtainable,  or, even if obtainable and a quorum of  disinterested  directors so
directs,  by  independent  legal  counsel  in  a  written  opinion,  or  by  the
stockholders.

     Expenses (including  attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in
defending any civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of
or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

                                       2
<PAGE>
     The  indemnification  and  advancement of expenses  provided by, or granted
pursuant to, the other subsections of this section is not exclusive.

     In  addition,  a  corporation  shall have power to  purchase  and  maintain
insurance  against any liability of individuals whom the corporation is required
to indemnify.

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation  provides for indemnification of
any  individual  who is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the
Company in any proceeding in which the individual is made a party as a result of
his service in such  capacity,  if the  individual  acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the Company and, with respect to any criminal  proceeding,  he had no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful,  unless such indemnification would be
prohibited  by law.  This  provision  does  not  apply to  conduct  prior to the
incorporation of the Company or to conduct not as a director,  officer, employee
or agent of the Company.  In accordance with Delaware law, an individual may not
be  indemnified  (i) in  connection  with a proceeding by or in the right of the
Company in which the  individual  was adjudged  liable to the Company or (ii) in
connection with any other proceeding  charging  improper personal benefit to him
in  which  he was  adjudged  liable  on the  basis  that  personal  benefit  was
improperly received by him, unless a court of competent jurisdiction  determines
he is fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to  indemnification  in view of all the
relevant circumstances.

     The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  also provides that a director
shall not be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of his fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or  omissions  that are not in good  faith  or that  involve  gross  negligence,
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for certain unlawful
distributions,  or (iv) for any transaction  from which the director  derived an
improper personal benefit.

ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS

     The exhibits  scheduled to be filed as part of this Registration  Statement
are as follows:

     4.1   Pension & Benefit Financial Services, Inc. Standardized 401(k) Profit
           Sharing Plan and Trust and Adoption Agreement (the "Plan")

     4.2   Summary Plan Description of the Plan

      23   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

      24   Power of Attorney of directors  and officers of the Company (included
           in the signature page to this Registration Statement)

                                       3
<PAGE>
ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS

         1.       The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (a) To file,  during any  period in which  offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                           (i)  To include any  prospectus  required  by Section
                  10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

                           (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
                  arising after the effective date of the registration statement
                  (or the most recent  post-effective  amendment thereof) which,
                  individually  or in the  aggregate,  represent  a  fundamental
                  change  in the  information  set  forth  in  the  registration
                  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  increase or
                  decrease in volume of securities  offered (if the total dollar
                  value of  securities  offered  would not exceed that which was
                  registered)  and any deviation from the low or high end of the
                  estimated  maximum offering range may be reflected in the form
                  of  prospectus  filed  with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule
                  424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the changes in volume and price
                  represent  no more than a 20  percent  change  in the  maximum
                  aggregate  offering  price  set forth in the  "Calculation  of
                  Registration   Fee"  table  in  the   effective   registration
                  statement.

                           (iii)  To  include  any  material   information  with
                  respect to the plan of distribution  not previously  disclosed
                  in the  registration  statement or any material change to such
                  information in the registration statement;

provided,  however,  that  paragraphs  (a)(i)  and  (a)(ii)  do not apply if the
registration statement is on Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form F-3, and the information
required to be included in a  post-effective  amendment by those  paragraphs  is
contained in periodic  reports filed with or furnished to the  Commission by the
registrant  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

                  (b) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under
the Securities Act of 1933, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration  statement  relating to the securities offered therein,
and the  offering  of such  securities  at that  time  shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.

                  (c) To remove from  registration by means of a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

         2. The undersigned  registrant  hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's  annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,  each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the  registration  statement shall be
deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         3. The undersigned  registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to
be delivered with the prospectus,  to each person to whom the prospectus is sent
or given, the latest annual report,  to security holders that is incorporated by
reference  in  the  prospectus  and  furnished   pursuant  to  and  meeting  the
requirements  of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934;  and,  where  interim  financial  information  required to be presented by
Article 3 of Regulation S-X is not set forth in the prospectus,  to deliver,  or
cause to be  delivered to each person to whom the  prospectus  is sent or given,
the latest  quarterly  report that is specifically  incorporated by reference in
the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

                                       4
<PAGE>
         4.  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for  filing  on Form S-8 and has  duly  caused  this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the City of Jasper,  State of Alabama, on this 21st day of July,
1999.

                            PINNACLE BANCSHARES, INC.


                            By:  /s/ Robert B. Nolen, Jr.
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Robert B. Nolen, Jr.
                                 President and Chief Executive Officer
                                 (Duly Authorized Representative)

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1933, this
Registration  Statement  has been signed by the following  persons  (including a
majority of the Board of Directors of the  Registrant)  in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.

     We, the  undersigned  directors  and  officers  of the  Registrant,  hereby
severally  constitute  and  appoint  Robert B.  Nolen,  Jr.  our true and lawful
attorney  and  agent,  to do any and all  things in our names in the  capacities
indicated  below which said person may deem necessary or advisable to enable the
Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules,
regulations  and  requirements  of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in
connection with the registration  statement on Form S-8 relating to the offering
of the Registrant's Common Stock,  including  specifically,  but not limited to,
power and  authority  to sign for us, in our names in the  capacities  indicated
below,  the  registration  statement  and  any  and  all  amendments  (including
post-effective  amendments) thereto;  and we hereby approve,  ratify and confirm
all that said person shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Signatures                     Title                                 Date
- ----------                     -----                                 ----

/s/ Robert B. Nolen, Jr.       Director, President and             July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Robert B. Nolen, Jr.           Chief Executive Officer
                               (Principal Executive Officer
                               and Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Marie T. Guthrie           Controller                          July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Marie T. Guthrie

/s/ Albert H. Simmons          Chairman of the Board               July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Albert H. Simmons

/s/ Greg Batchelor             Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Greg Batchelor

/s/ O. H. Brown                Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
O. H. Brown

                                       6
<PAGE>

/s/ James W. Cannon            Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
James W. Cannon

/s/ Melvin R. Kacharos         Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Melvin R. Kacharos

/s/ Sam W. Murphy              Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Sam W. Murphy

/s/ Max W. Perdue              Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
Max W. Perdue

/s/ J. T. Waggoner             Director                            July 21, 1999
- --------------------------
J. T. Waggoner

                                       7
<PAGE>
     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933, the trustees
(or other  persons who  administer  the employee  benefit plan) have duly caused
this  registration  statement  to be  signed on its  behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized,  in the city of the City of Jasper, State of Alabama,
on August 12, 1999.

                                    PINNACLE BANK PROFIT SHARING RETIREMENT PLAN


                                    By /s/ Al H. Simmons
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Al H. Simmons, Trustee


                                    By /s/ Thomas L. Sherer
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Thomas L. Sherer, Trustee


                                    By /s/ Robert B. Nolen, Jr.
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Robert B. Nolen, Jr., Trustee


                                    By /s/ Mary Jo Gunter
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Mary Jo Gunter, Trustee

                                       8
<PAGE>
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit    Description

  4.1      Pension & Benefit Financial Services, Inc. Standardized 401(k) Profit
           Sharing Plan and Trust and Adoption Agreement (the "Plan")
  4.2      Summary Plan Description of the Plan
  23       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  24       Power of Attorney of directors and officers of the Company  (included
           in the signature page to this Registration Statement)

                                       9

                                   EXHIBIT 4.1
<PAGE>
                   PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                               REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST

<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this  Plan,  the  following  words and  phrases  shall  have the
meanings set forth herein unless a different  meaning is clearly required by the
context:

     1.1 "ACT" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it
may be amended from time to time.

     1.2  "ADMINISTRATOR"  means  the  person(s)  or  entity  designated  by the
Employer  pursuant  to  Section  2.4 to  administer  the Plan on  behalf  of the
Employer.

     1.3 "ADOPTION  AGREEMENT" means the separate Agreement which is executed by
the  Employer  and  accepted  by the  Trustee  which  sets  forth  the  elective
provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

     1.4 "AFFILIATED EMPLOYER" means the Employer and any corporation which is a
member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b))
which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
which is under  common  control (as  defined in Code  Section  414(c))  with the
Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
affiliated  service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the
Employer;  and any other  entity  required to be  aggregated  with the  Employer
pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

     1.5 "AGGREGATE  ACCOUNT" means with respect to each Participant,  the value
of all accounts maintained on behalf of a Participant,  whether  attributable to
Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2.

     1.6  "ANNIVERSARY  DATE" means the anniversary  date specified in C3 of the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.7  "BENEFICIARY"  means  the  person  to  whom  a  share  of  a  deceased
Participant's  interest in the Plan is payable,  subject to the  restrictions of
Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

     1.8 "CODE" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced
from time to time.

     1.9  "COMPENSATION"  with  respect  to  any  Participant  means  one of the
following as elected in the Adoption  Agreement.  However,  Compensation for any
Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

          (a) Information  required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051 and
     6052 (wages, tips and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2).  Compensation is
     defined  as  wages,  as  defined  in Code  Section  3401(a),  and all other
     payments of  Compensation  to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of
     the  Employer's  trade or  business)  for which the Employer is required to
     furnish the Employee a written  statement  under Code Sections  6041(d) and
     6051(a)(3).  Compensation  must be determined  without  regard to any rules
     under Code Section  3401(a) that limit the  remuneration  included in wages
<PAGE>
     based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed
     (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

          (b) Section 3401(a) wages  Compensation is defined as wages within the
     meaning of Code Section  3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding
     at the source  but  determined  without  regard to any rules that limit the
     remuneration  included  in wages  based on the  nature or  location  of the
     employment   or  the  services   performed   (such  as  the  exception  for
     agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

          (c) 415  safe-harbor  compensation.  Compensation is defined as wages,
     salaries,  and fees for  professional  services and other amounts  received
     (without  regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for  personal
     services  actually  rendered in the course of employment  with the Employer
     maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross
     income   (including,   but  not  limited  to,  commissions  paid  salesmen,
     compensation  for  services  on  the  basis  of a  percentage  of  profits,
     commissions on insurance  premiums,  tips,  bonuses,  fringe benefits,  and
     reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
     described in Regulation Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

          (1)  Employer  contributions  to  a  plan  of  deferred   compensation
          which  are not  includible  in the  Employee's  gross  income  for the
          taxable year in which contributed,  or Employer  contributions under a
          simplified  employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are
          deductible  by the  Employee,  or  any  distributions  from a plan  of
          deferred compensation;

          (2)  Amounts  realized  from  the  exercise  of a  nonqualified  stock
          option,  or when  restricted  stock (or property) held by the Employee
          either  becomes  freely  transferable  or is no  longer  subject  to a
          substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (3)  Amounts  realized  from  the  sale, exchange or other disposition
          of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (4)  Other  amounts   which   received  special   tax   benefits,   or
          contributions  made by the  Employer  (whether  or not  under a salary
          reduction  agreement)  towards  the  purchase  of an annuity  contract
          described in section  403(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code (whether or
          not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of
          the Employee).

     If, in connection  with the adoption of any  amendment,  the  definition of
Compensation  has been  modified,  then,  for Plan Years  prior to the Plan Year
which  includes  the  adoption  date  of  such  amendment,   Compensation  means
compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

     In addition,  if specified in the Adoption Agreement,  Compensation for all
Plan purposes shall also include  compensation which is not currently includible
in the Participant's  gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

                                       2
<PAGE>
     Compensation in excess of $200,000 shall be disregarded.  Such amount shall
be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as permitted  under Code Section
415(d).  In applying this limitation,  the family group of a Highly  Compensated
Participant  who is  subject  to the  Family  Member  aggregation  rules of Code
Section  414(q)(6)  because such Participant is either a "five percent owner" of
the  Employer  or one of the ten  (10)  Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid the
greatest  "415  Compensation"  during  the year,  shall be  treated  as a single
Participant,  except that for this purpose Family Members shall include only the
affected  Participant's  spouse and any lineal descendants who have not attained
age  nineteen  (19)  before  the  close of the  year.  If,  as a  result  of the
application of such rules, the adjusted  $200,000  limitation is exceeded,  then
(except  for  purposes of  determining  the  portion of  Compensation  up to the
integration level if this plan is integrated),  the limitation shall be prorated
among  the  affected   individuals  in  proportion  to  each  such  individual's
Compensation  as determined  under this Section prior to the application of this
limitation.

     For Plan Years  beginning  prior to January 1,  1989,  the  $200,000  limit
(without  regard to Family  Member  aggregation)  shall apply only for Top Heavy
Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

     In  addition to other  applicable  limitations  set forth in the Plan,  and
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation for each Employee
taken  into  account  under  the Plan  shall  not  exceed  the  OBRA '93  annual
Compensation  limit.  The OBRA '93 annual  Compensation  limit is  $150,000,  as
adjusted by the  Commissioner  for increases in the cost of living in accordance
with Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue Code.  The  cost-of-living
adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12
months, over which Compensation is determined  (determination  period) beginning
in such  calendar  year.  If a  determination  period  consists of fewer than 12
months, the OBRA '93 annual Compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination  period, and
the denominator of which is 12.

     For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
Plan to the limitation under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA
'93 annual Compensation limit set forth in this provision.

     If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in
determining  an  Employee's  benefits  accruing  in the current  Plan Year,  the
Compensation  for that  prior  determination  period is  subject to the OBRA '93
Compensation  limit in effect  for that  prior  determination  period.  For this
purpose,  for  determination  periods beginning before the first day of the Plan
Year  beginning on or after  January 1, 1994,  the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation
limit is $150,000.

     1.10  "CONTRACT" OR "POLICY"  means any life insurance  policy,  retirement
income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual)  issued by the Insurer.
In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any
insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

                                       3
<PAGE>
     1.11 "DEFERRED  COMPENSATION" means, with respect to any Participant,  that
portion of the Participant's  total  Compensation  which has been contributed to
the Plan in accordance  with the  Participant's  deferral  election  pursuant to
Section 11.2.

     1.12 "EARLY  RETIREMENT  DATE"  means the date  specified  in the  Adoption
Agreement on which a Participant or Former Participant has satisfied the age and
service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement Age).
A Participant  shall become fully Vested upon  satisfying  this  requirement  if
still employed at his Early Retirement Age.

     A Former Participant who terminates employment after satisfying the service
requirement for Early Retirement and who thereafter  reaches the age requirement
contained herein shall be entitled to receive his benefits under this Plan.

     1.13 "EARNED INCOME" means with respect to a Self-Employed Individual,  the
net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which
the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual are a
material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard
to items not  included  in gross  income and the  deductions  allocable  to such
items.  Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified
Plan to the extent  deductible  under Code Section  404. In  addition,  for Plan
Years  beginning  after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined with
regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code Section 164(f).

     1.14 "ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION" means the Employer's contributions to the Plan
that are made  pursuant  to the  Participant's  deferral  election  pursuant  to
Section  11.2,   excluding  any  such  amounts  distributed  as  "excess  annual
additions"  pursuant  to Section  4.4.  In  addition,  if  selected in E3 of the
Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer's  matching  contribution  made  pursuant to
Section  11.1(b) shall or shall not be considered an Elective  Contribution  for
purposes of the Plan,  as provided in Section 11.1 (b),  Elective  Contributions
shall be subject to the  requirements of Sections  11.2(b) and 11.2(c) and shall
further be required to satisfy the  discrimination  requirements  of  Regulation
1.401(k)-l(b)(3),  the provisions of which are specifically  incorporated herein
by reference.

     1.15 "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means any Employee specified in D1 of the Adoption
Agreement.

     1.16  "EMPLOYEE"  means any person who is  employed  by the  Employer,  but
excludes  any person who is  employed  as an  independent  contractor.  The term
Employee shall also include Leased  Employees as provided in Code Section 414(n)
or (o).

     Except  as  provided  in  the  Non-Standardized   Adoption  Agreement,  all
Employees of all entities  which are an  Affiliated  Employer will be treated as
employed by a single employer.

     1.17 "EMPLOYER" means the entity specified in the Adoption  Agreement,  any
Participating Employer (as defined in Section 10.1) which shall adopt this Plan,
any  successor  which shall  maintain  this Plan and any  predecessor  which has
maintained this Plan.

                                       4
<PAGE>
     1.18 "EXCESS COMPENSATION" means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated
with Social  Security,  a Participant's  Compensation  which is in excess of the
amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.19 "EXCESS  CONTRIBUTIONS" means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess
of Elective  Contributions  and  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  made on
behalf of Highly  Compensated  Participants  for the Plan Year over the  maximum
amount of such contributions permitted under Section 11.4(a).

     1.20 "EXCESS DEFERRED COMPENSATION" means, with respect to any taxable year
of a  Participant,  the  excess of the  aggregate  amount of such  Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  and the elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually  made on behalf of such  Participant  for such taxable  year,  over the
dollar  limitation  provided for in Code Section  402(g),  which is incorporated
herein by reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an "annual
addition"   pursuant  to  Section  4.4  when  contributed  to  the  Plan  unless
distributed  to the  affected  Participant  not later than the first  April 15th
following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

     1.21 "FAMILY MEMBER" means, with respect to an affected  Participant,  such
Participant's  spouse, and such Participant's  lineal descendants and ascendants
and their spouses, all as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

     1.22  "FIDUCIARY"  means any person  who (a)  exercises  any  discretionary
authority  or  discretionary  control  respecting  management  of  the  Plan  or
exercises any authority or control  respecting  management or disposition of its
assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
indirect,  with  respect to any monies or other  property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary  authority or
discretionary  responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including,  but
not limited to, the Trustee,  the Employer and its representative  body, and the
Administrator.

     1.23 "FISCAL YEAR" means the Employer's accounting year as specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.24 "FORFEITURE" means that portion of a Participant's Account that is not
Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

          (a) the  distribution  of the entire Vested portion of a Participant's
     Account, or

          (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five
     (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

     Furthermore,  for  purposes  of  paragraph  (a)  above,  in the  case  of a
Terminated Participant whose Vested benefit is zero, such Terminated Participant
shall be deemed to have received a  distribution  of his Vested benefit upon his
termination of employment.  In addition,  the term Forfeiture shall also include
amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>
     1.25 "FORMER  PARTICIPANT"  means a person who has been a Participant,  but
who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

     1.26  "414(S)   COMPENSATION"  with  respect  to  any  Employee  means  his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9.  However,  for purposes of this Section,
Compensation  shall be  Compensation  paid  and,  if  selected  in the  Adoption
Agreement,  shall  only be  recognized  as of an  Employee's  effective  date of
participation.  If,  in  connection  with the  adoption  of any  amendment,  the
definition  of "414(s)  Compensation"  has been,  modified,  then for Plan Years
prior to the Plan Year  which  includes  the  adoption  date of such  amendment,
"414(s) Compensation" means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan Year in
effect.

     In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement,  "414(s) Compensation"
shall  also  include  compensation  which  is not  currently  includible  in the
Participant's  gross income by reason of the  application  of Code Sections 125,
402(a)(8),  402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), plus Elective Contributions attributable to
Deferred  Compensation   recharacterized  as  voluntary  Employee  contributions
pursuant to 11.5(a).

     1.27 "415 COMPENSATION" means compensation as defined in Section 4.4(f)(2).

     If, in connection  with the adoption of any  amendment,  the  definition of
"415  Compensation"  has been  modified,  then, for Plan Years prior to the Plan
Year which  includes the adoption  date of such  amendment,  "415  Compensation"
means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

     1.28  "HIGHLY  COMPENSATED  EMPLOYEE"  means an Employee  described in Code
Section 414(q) and the  Regulations  thereunder and generally  means an Employee
who performed services for the Employer during the  "determination  year" and is
in one or more of the following groups:

          (a)  Employees  who at any time  during  the  "determination  year" or
     "look-back year" were "five percent owners" as defined in Section 1.35(c).

          (b) Employees who received "415  Compensation"  during the  "look-back
     year" from the Employer in excess of $75,000.

          (c) Employees who received "415  Compensation"  during the  "look-back
     year" from the Employer in excess of $50,000 and were in the Top Paid Group
     of Employees for the Plan Year.

          (d)  Employees  who during the  "look-back  year" were officers of the
     Employer  (as that term is defined  within the  meaning of the  Regulations
     under  Code  Section  416)  and  received  "415  Compensation"  during  the
     "look-back  year" from the Employer greater than 50 percent of the limit in
     effect under Code Section  415(b)(1)(A)  for any such Plan Year. The number
     of officers shall be limited to the lesser of (i) 50 employees; or (ii) the
     greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of all employees. If the Employer does
     not have at least one officer whose annual "415  Compensation" is in excess
     of 50 percent of the Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) limit, then the highest paid
     officer of the Employer will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

                                       6
<PAGE>
          (e)  Employees  who are in the group  consisting  of the 100 Employees
     paid the greatest "415 Compensation"  during the  "determination  year" and
     are also  described  in (b),  (c) or (d) above  when these  paragraphs  are
     modified to substitute "determination year" for "look-back year."

     The "determination  year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing is being
performed,   and  the  "look-back  year"  shall  be  the  immediately  preceding
twelve-month period. However, if the Plan Year is a calendar year, or if another
Plan of the  Employer  so  provides,  then  the  "look-back  year"  shall be the
calendar  year  ending  with or within the Plan Year for which  testing is being
performed,  and the "determination  year" (if applicable) shall be the period of
time, if any, which extends beyond the "look-back year" and ends on the last day
of the Plan Year for which testing is being  performed (the "lag period").  With
respect to this election,  it shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis
to all plans, entities, and arrangements of the Employer.

     For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation" shall
be  made  by  including   amounts  that  would  otherwise  be  excluded  from  a
Participant's  gross income by reason of the  application  of Code Sections 125,
402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions made pursuant
to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).  Additionally,  the dollar
threshold  amounts specified in (b) and (c) above shall be adjusted at such time
and in  such  manner  as is  provided  in  Regulations.  In the  case of such an
adjustment,  the dollar limits which shall be applied are those for the calendar
year in which the "determination year" or "look back year" begins.

     In  determining  who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee,  Employees who are
non-resident  aliens and who  received no earned  income  (within the meaning of
Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer  constituting United States source income
within the meaning of Code Section  861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees.
Additionally,  all Affiliated  Employers shall be taken into account as a single
employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections  414(n)(2) and
414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered
by a plan  described  in Code  Section  414(n)(5)  and are  not  covered  in any
qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for
this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and  consistent  basis for all of the
Employer's  retirement plans. In addition,  Highly  Compensated Former Employees
shall be treated as Highly Compensated  Employees without regard to whether they
performed services during the "determination year."

     1.29 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED FORMER EMPLOYEE" means a former Employee who had a
separation year prior to the  "determination  year" and was a Highly Compensated
Employee in the year of separation from service or in any  "determination  year"
after attaining age 55. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who separated
from  service  prior to 1987  will be  treated  as a Highly  Compensated  Former
Employee only if during the  separation  year (or year  preceding the separation
year) or any year after the  Employee  attains  age 55 (or the last year  ending
before  the  Employee's  55th  birthday),  the  Employee  either  received  "415
Compensation"  in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent  owner." For purposes
of this  Section,  "determination  year," "415  Compensation"  and "five percent
owner" shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.28.  Highly  Compensated
Former Employees shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees.  The method
set forth in this Section for  determining who is a "Highly  Compensated

                                       7
<PAGE>

Former  Employee"  shall be applied on a uniform  and  consistent  basis for all
purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

     1.30 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT" means any Highly Compensated Employee
who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

     1.31  "HOUR OF  SERVICE"  means  (1) each  hour for  which an  Employee  is
directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to  compensation by the Employer
for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period; (2) each
hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to
compensation   by  the  Employer   (irrespective   of  whether  the   employment
relationship  has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such
as vacation, holidays,  sickness, jury duty, disability,  lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period; (3) each hour for
which  back pay is  awarded  or  agreed  to by the  Employer  without  regard to
mitigation  of damages.  The same Hours of Service  shall not be  credited  both
under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

     Notwithstanding  the  above,  (i) no more  than 501  Hours of  Service  arc
required  to be  credited  to an  Employee  on account of any single  continuous
period during which the Employee  performs no duties (whether or not such period
occurs in a single  computation  period);  (ii) an hour for which an Employee is
directly or  indirectly  paid,  or  entitled to payment,  on account of a period
during  which no duties are  performed  is not  required  to be  credited to the
Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan  maintained  solely for the
purpose of complying with  applicable  worker's  compensation,  or  unemployment
compensation  or disability  insurance  laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not
required to be credited for a payment  which solely  reimburses  an Employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

     For purposes of this  Section,  a payment  shall be deemed to be made by or
due from the Employer  regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from
the Employer  directly,  or indirectly  through,  among others, a trust fund, or
insurer,  to which the Employer  contributes  or pays premiums and regardless of
whether  contributions made or due to the trust fund,  insurer,  or other entity
are for the  benefit  of  particular  Employees  or are on  behalf of a group of
Employees in the aggregate.

     An Hour of Service must be counted for the purpose of determining a Year of
Service,  a year of  participation  for purposes of accrued  benefits,  a 1-Year
Break in Service, and employment commencement date (or reemployment commencement
date). The provisions of Department of Labor regulations  2530.200b-2(b) and (c)
are incorporated herein by reference.

     Hours of  Service  will be  credited  for  employment  with all  Affiliated
Employers and for any individual  considered to be a Leased Employee pursuant to
Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

     Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method  selected in
the Adoption Agreement.

     1.32 "INSURER" means any legal reserve  insurance company which shall issue
one or more policies under the Plan.

                                       8
<PAGE>
     1.33 "INVESTMENT MANAGER" means an entity that (a) has the power to manage,
acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and (b) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility
to the Plan in  writing.  Such  entity must be a person,  firm,  or  corporation
registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a
bank, or an insurance company.

     1.34  "JOINT  AND  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY"  means an  annuity  for the life of a
Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life of the  Participant's  spouse
which is not less than 1/2, nor greater  than the amount of the annuity  payable
during the joint lives of the  Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse.  The
Joint and Survivor  Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be purchased
with the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan.

     1.35 "KEY EMPLOYEE" means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) and
the Regulations thereunder.  Generally, any Employee or former Employee (as well
as each of his  Beneficiaries)  is  considered a Key Employee if he, at any time
during  the Plan  Year  that  contains  the  "Determination  Date" or any of the
preceding  four  (4)  Plan  Years,  has been  included  in one of the  following
categories:

          (a) an officer  of the  Employer  (as that term is defined  within the
     meaning of the  Regulations  under Code  Section  416)  having  annual "415
     Compensation"  greater  than 50 percent of the amount in effect  under Code
     Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

          (b) one of the ten employees having annual "415 Compensation" from the
     Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in effect under
     Code Section  415(c)(1)(A)  for the  calendar  year in which such Plan Year
     ends and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section
     318) both more than one-half percent interest and the largest  interests in
     the Employer.

          (c) a "five percent owner" of the Employer. "Five percent owner" means
     any person who owns (or is  considered as owning within the meaning of Code
     Section 318) more than five percent  (5%) of the  outstanding  stock of the
     Employer  or stock  possessing  more  than five  percent  (5%) of the total
     combined  voting  power of all stock of the  Employer or, in the case of an
     unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of
     the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining  percentage
     ownership  hereunder,  employers that would  otherwise be aggregated  under
     Code  Sections  414(b),  (c),  (m) and (o)  shall be  treated  as  separate
     employers.

          (d) a "one  percent  owner" of the  Employer  having  an  annual  "415
     Compensation" from the Employer of more than $150,000.  "One percent owner"
     means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
     Code Section 318) more than one percent  (1%) of the  outstanding  stock of
     the  Employer or stock  possessing  more than one percent (1%) of the total
     combined  voting  power of all stock of the  Employer or, in the case of an
     unincorporated  business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of
     the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining  percentage
     ownership  hereunder,  employers that would  otherwise be aggregated  under
     Code  Sections  414(b),  (c),  (m) and (o)  shall be  treated  as  separate

                                       9
<PAGE>
     employers.   However,   in  determining  whether  an  individual  has  "415
     Compensation" of more than $150,000,  "415 Compensation" from each employer
     required to be  aggregated  under Code  Sections  414(b),  (c), (m) and (o)
     shall be taken into account.

     For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation" shall
be  made  by  including   amounts  that  would  otherwise  be  excluded  from  a
Participant's  gross income by reason of the  application  of Code Sections 125,
402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions made pursuant
to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).

     1.36  "LATE  RETIREMENT  DATE"  means  the date of, or the first day of the
inonth or the Anniversary  Date  coinciding  with or next  following,  whichever
corresponds to the election made for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant's
actual retirement after having reached his Normal Retirement Date.

     1.37  "LEASED  EMPLOYEE"  means any person  (other  than an Employee of the
recipient)  who pursuant to an  agreement  between the  recipient  and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient  and related  persons  determined in accordance  with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such  services  are of a type  historically  performed  by  employees in the
business field of the recipient  employer.  Contributions or benefits provided a
leased employee by the leasing  organization  which are attributable to services
performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be  treated  as  provided  by the
recipient employer.

     A leased  employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient if:
(i) such employee is covered by a money purchase  pension plan providing:  (1) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation,
as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed pursuant
to a salary  reduction  agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross
income under Code  Sections 125,  402(a)(8),  402(h),  or 403(b),  (2) immediate
participation,  and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do
not constitute  more than 20 percent of the  recipient's  nonhighly  compensated
workforce.

     1.38 "NET PROFIT" means with respect to any Fiscal Year the  Employer's net
income  or  profit  for  such  Fiscal  Year  determined  upon  the  basis of the
Employer's  books of account in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   without  any  reduction  for  taxes  based  upon  income,  or  for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

     1.39 "NON-ELECTIVE  CONTRIBUTION" means the Employer's contributions to the
Plan other than those made pursuant to the Participant's  deferral election made
pursuant  to  Section  11.2  and any  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution.  In
addition,  if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement,  the Employer's Matching
Contribution  made pursuant to Section 4.3(b) shall be considered a Non-Elective
Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

     1.40  "NON-HIGHLY  COMPENSATED  PARTICIPANT"  means any  Participant who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

     1.41  "NON-KEY  EMPLOYEE"  means any Employee or former  Employee  (and his
Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     1.42  "NORMAL  RETIREMENT  AGE"  means the age  specified  in the  Adoption
Agreement  at  which  time  a  Participant  shall  become  fully  Vested  in his
Participant's Account.

     1.43  "NORMAL  RETIREMENT  DATE" means the date  specified  in the Adoption
Agreement  on which a  Participant  shall  become  eligible to have his benefits
distributed to him.

     1.44 "1-YEAR  BREAK IN SERVICE"  means the  applicable  computation  period
during which an Employee has not  completed  more than 500 Hours of Service with
the  Employer.  Further,  solely  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a
Participant  has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  Hours of Service  shall be
recognized  for  "authorized  leaves of absence" and  "maternity  and  paternity
leaves of absence."

     "Authorized  leave of absence"  means an unpaid,  temporary  cessation from
active employment with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory
policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason.

     A "maternity or paternity leave of absence" means, for Plan Years beginning
after  December 31,  1984,  an absence from work for any period by reason of the
Employee's pregnancy,  birth of the Employee's child,  placement of a child with
the Employee in connection  with the adoption of such child,  or any absence for
the  purpose of caring for such child for a period  immediately  following  such
birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for the
computation  period  in which  the  absence  from  work  begins,  only if credit
therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from  incurring a 1-Year Break in
Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period.
The Hours of Service  credited for a "maternity  or paternity  leave of absence"
shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or,
in any case in which  the  Administrator  is  unable  to  determine  such  hours
normally  credited,  eight  (8) Hours of  Service  per day.  The total  Hours of
Service  required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence"
shall not exceed 501.

     1.45 "OWNER-EMPLOYEE"  means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest
in the  Employer  or a partner  who owns more  than 10% of  either  the  capital
interest or the profits  interest in the Employer  and who  receives  income for
personal services from the Employer.

     1.46 "PARTICIPANT" means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan
as  provided  in Section  3.2 and has not for any reason  become  ineligible  to
participate further in the Plan.

     1.47  "PARTICIPANT'S  ACCOUNT" means the account established and maintained
by the  Administrator  for each  Participant  with respect to his total interest
under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer's  contributions in the case of a
Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan, and (b) the Employer's  Non-Elective
Contributions in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

     1.48  "PARTICIPANT'S  COMBINED  ACCOUNT" means the account  established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest under the Plan resulting from the Employer's contributions.

     1.49  "PARTICIPANT'S  ELECTIVE  ACCOUNT" means the account  established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest  in  the  Plan  and  Trust

                                       11
<PAGE>
resulting from the Employer's Elective  Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions.  A separate  accounting  shall be maintained with respect to that
portion  of  the  Participant's   Elective  Account   attributable  to  Elective
Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.2, Employer matching  contributions if
they are deemed to be Elective  Contributions,  and any  Qualified  Non-Elective
Contributions.

     1.50  "PARTICIPANT'S  ROLLOVER  ACCOUNT" means the account  established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from amounts  transferred from another  qualified
plan or "conduit" Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.6.

     1.51 "PLAN"  means this  instrument  (hereinafter  referred to as Pension &
Benefit Financial  Services,  Inc. Regional Prototype Defined  Contribution Plan
and Trust Basic Plan Document #01)  including all  amendments  thereto,  and the
Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer.

     1.52 "PLAN YEAR" means the Plan's accounting year as specified in C2 of the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.53  "PRE-RETIREMENT  SURVIVOR ANNUITY" means an immediate annuity for the
life of the Participant's  spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the
actuarial  equivalent of 50% of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan as
of the date of death.

     1.54  "QUALIFIED   NON-ELECTIVE  ACCOUNT"  means  the  account  established
hereunder to which Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are allocated.

     1.55   "QUALIFIED   NON-ELECTIVE   CONTRIBUTION"   means   the   Employer's
contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to E5 of the Adoption Agreement
and Section 11.1(d) which are used to satisfy the "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"
tests. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are nonforfeitable when made and are
distributable  only as specified in Sections 11.2(c) and 11.8. In addition,  the
Employer's  contributions  to the Plan that are made pursuant to Section 11.7(h)
and which are used to satisfy the "Actual  Contribution  Percentage" tests shall
be considered Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

     1.56 "QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the account
established  and  maintained  by the  Administrator  for each  Participant  with
respect to his total interest  under the Plan  resulting from the  Participant's
tax  deductible  qualified  voluntary  employee  contributions  made pursuant to
Section 4.9.

     1.57  "REGULATION"  means the Income Tax  Regulations as promulgated by the
Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to time.

     1.58 "RETIRED  PARTICIPANT" means a person who has been a Participant,  but
who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

     1.59 "RETIREMENT DATE" means the date as of which a Participant retires for
reasons  other than Total and  Permanent  Disability,  whether  such  retirement
occurs on a Participant's  Normal Retirement Date, Early or Late Retirement Date
(see Section 6.1).

                                       12
<PAGE>
     1.60  "SELF-EMPLOYED  INDIVIDUAL" means an individual who has earned income
for the  taxable  year  from  the  trade  or  business  for  which  the  Plan is
established  and,  also, an individual  who would have had earned income but for
the fact that the trade or business  had no net profits for the taxable  year. A
Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

     1.61  "SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE"  means a  Participant  who owns more than five
percent  (5%) of the  Employer's  outstanding  capital  stock during any year in
which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation under the
applicable Code Section.

     1.62 "SHORT PLAN YEAR" means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement,  that
the Plan Year shall be less than a 12-month  period.  If chosen,  the  following
rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining  whether an
Employee  has  completed a Year of Service for benefit  accrual  purposes in the
Short  Plan  Year,  the  number  of the  Hours  of  Service  required  shall  be
proportionately  reduced based on the number of days in the Short Plan Year. The
determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for vesting
and  eligibility  purposes shall be made in accordance  with Department of Labor
Regulation  2530.203-2(c).  In addition,  if this Plan is integrated with Social
Security,  the integration level shall also be proportionately  reduced based on
the number of days in the Short Plan Year.

     1.63 "SUPER TOP HEAVY PLAN" means a plan described in Section 2.2(b).

     1.64  "TAXABLE  WAGE BASE"  means,  with  respect to any year,  the maximum
amount of  earnings  which may be  considered  wages  for such year  under  Code
Section 3121(a)(1).

     1.65  "TERMINATED  PARTICIPANT"  means a person who has been a Participant,
but  whose  employment  has been  terminated  other  than by  death,  Total  and
Permanent Disability or retirement.

     1.66 "TOP HEAVY PLAN" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a).

     1.67 "TOP HEAVY PLAN YEAR" means a Plan Year commencing  after December 31,
1983 during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

     1.68 "TOP PAID GROUP" shall be determined  pursuant to Code Section  414(q)
and the  Regulations  thereunder  and  generally  means  the top 20  percent  of
Employees who performed  services for the Employer  during the applicable  year,
ranked according to the amount of "415 Compensation" (as determined  pursuant to
Section  1.28)  received  from the  Employer  during such year.  All  Affiliated
Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees
shall be treated as Employees  pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees
who are non-resident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section 911 (d)(2)) from the Employer  constituting  United  States  source
income  within the  meaning of Code  Section  861(a)(3)  shall not be treated as
Employees.  Additionally,  for the purpose of  determining  the number of active
Employees  in any  year,  the  following  additional  Employees  shall  also  be
excluded,  however,  such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of
identifying the particular Employees in the Top Paid Group:

          (a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

                                       13
<PAGE>
          (b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week;

          (c)  Employees  who  normally  work less than six (6) months  during a
     year; and

          (d) Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

     In  addition,  if 90 percent or more of the  Employees  of the Employer are
covered  under  agreements  the  Secretary  of  Labor  finds  to  be  collective
bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the
Plan  covers only  Employees  who are not covered  under such  agreements,  then
Employees  covered  by such  agreements  shall be  excluded  from both the total
number of active  Employees  as well as from the  identification  of  particular
Employees in the Top Paid Group.

     The  foregoing  exclusions  set forth in this Section shall be applied on a
uniform and consistent  basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q)
definition is applicable.

     1.69 "TOTAL AND PERMANENT  DISABILITY" means the inability to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or
can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.  The
disability of a Participant  shall be determined by a licensed  physician chosen
by the  Administrator.  However,  if the condition  constitutes total disability
under the federal Social  Security Acts,  the  Administrator  may rely upon such
determination  that the Participant is Totally and Permanently  Disabled for the
purposes of this Plan.

     The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.

     1.70  "TRUSTEE"  means the  person or  entity  named in B6 of the  Adoption
Agreement and any successors.

     1.71 "TRUST  FUND" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall
exist from time to time.

     1.72 "VESTED" means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on
behalf of a Participant.

     1.73  "VOLUNTARY  CONTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT" means the account  established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from the  Participant's  nondeductible  voluntary
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7.

     1.74  "YEAR OF  SERVICE"  means  the  computation  period  of  twelve  (12)
consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has completed
at least 1000 Hours of Service.

     For purposes of  eligibility  for  participation,  the initial  computation
period shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of
Service (employment commencement date). The computation period beginning after a
1-Year  Break in Service  shall be  measured  from the date on which an Employee
again  performs an Hour of Service.  The  succeeding  computation  periods shall
begin with the first anniversary of the Employee's

                                       14
<PAGE>
employment  commencement  date.  However,  if one (1) Year of Service or less is
required  as a condition  of  eligibility,  then after the  initial  eligibility
computation  period,  the  eligibility  computation  period  shall  shift to the
current  Plan  Year  which  includes  the  anniversary  of the date on which the
Employee  first  performed an Hour of Service.  An Employee who is credited with
1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial  eligibility  computation  period and
the first  Plan Year  which  commences  prior to the  first  anniversary  of the
Employee's  initial  eligibility  computation  period will be credited  with two
Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

     For vesting purposes,  and all other purposes not specifically addressed in
this Section,  the computation period shall be the Plan Year,  including periods
prior to the Effective Date of the Plan unless specifically excluded pursuant to
the Adoption Agreement.

     Years of  Service  and  breaks  in  service  will be  measured  on the same
computation period.

     Years of Service with any predecessor  Employer which  maintained this Plan
shall be recognized.  Years of Service with any other predecessor Employer shall
be recognized as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

     Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE II
                     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

2.1      TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

     For any Top Heavy Plan Year,  the Plan shall  provide the  special  vesting
requirements  of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the
special  minimum  allocation  requirements  of Code Section  416(c)  pursuant to
Section 4.3(i) of the Plan.

2.2      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

     (a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year  beginning  after
December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the Present Value
of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the Aggregate  Accounts
of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group,  exceeds
sixty percent  (60%) of the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits and the Aggregate
Accounts  of all Key and Non-Key  Employees  under this Plan and all plans of an
Aggregation Group.

     If any  Participant  is a  Non-Key  Employee  for any Plan  Year,  but such
Participant  was a Key  Employee  for any prior  Plan Year,  such  Participant's
Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or  Aggregate  Account balance shall not be
taken into account for purposes of determining  whether this Plan is a Top Heavy
or Super Top Heavy Plan (or whether any  Aggregation  Group which  includes this
Plan is a Top Heavy Group). In addition,  if a Participant or Former Participant
has not performed any services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time
during  the five year  period  ending on the  Determination  Date,  any  accrued
benefit  for such  Participant  or Former  Participant  shall not be taken  into
account for the  purposes  of  determining  whether  this Plan is a Top Heavy or
Super Top Heavy Plan.

     (b) This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy  Plan for any Plan Year  beginning
after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the Present
Value of Accrued  Benefits  of Key  Employees  and (2) the sum of the  Aggregate
Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group,
exceeds  ninety  percent (90%) of the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits and the
Aggregate  Accounts  of all Key and  Non-Key  Employees  under this Plan and all
plans of an Aggregation Group.

     (c)  Aggregate  Account:  A  Participant's  Aggregate  Account  as  of  the
Determination Date is the sum of:

          (1) his  Participant's  Combined Account balance as of the most recent
     valuation  occurring  within a  twelve  (12)  month  period  ending  on the
     Determination Date;

          (2) for a Profit Sharing Plan, an adjustment for any contributions due
     as of the  Determination  Date. Such adjustment  shall be the amount of any
     contributions  actually  made  after  the  valuation  date but  before  the
     Determination  Date,  except for the first  Plan Year when such  adjustment
     shall  also  reflect  the  amount  of  any  contributions  made  after  the
     Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that first Plan Year;

                                       16
<PAGE>
          (3) for a Money Purchase Plan,  contributions  that would be allocated
     as of a date not later  than the  Determination  Date,  even  though  those
     amounts are not yet made or required to be made.

          (4) any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that includes the
     Determination Date or within the four (4) preceding Plan Years. However, in
     the case of  distributions  made after the valuation  date and prior to the
     Determination  Date, such  distributions  are not included as distributions
     for top heavy  purposes to the extent that such  distributions  are already
     included in the Participant's Aggregate Account balance as of the valuation
     date. In the case of a distribution of an annuity  Contract,  the amount of
     such  distribution  is  deemed  to be the  current  actuarial  value of the
     Contract,  determined  on the  date  of the  distribution.  Notwithstanding
     anything herein to the contrary, all distributions, including distributions
     made prior to January 1, 1984, and  distributions  under a terminated  plan
     which if it had not been terminated would have been required to be included
     in an Aggregation Group, will be counted.  Further,  distributions from the
     Plan   (including  the  cash  value  of  life  insurance   policies)  of  a
     Participant's  account  balance  because  of death  shall be  treated  as a
     distribution for the purpose of this paragraph.

          (5)  any  Employee  contributions,  whether  voluntary  or  mandatory.
     However,   amounts  attributable  to  tax  deductible  qualified  voluntary
     employee  contributions  shall  not  be  considered  to be a  part  of  the
     Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

          (6) with respect to unrelated  rollovers  and  plan-to-plan  transfers
     (ones  which  are both  initiated  by the  Employee  and  made  from a plan
     maintained by one employer to a plan  maintained by another  employer),  if
     this Plan provides the rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall always
     consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers as a distribution for the
     purposes of this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers
     or  plan-to-plan  transfers,  it  shall  not  consider  such  rollovers  or
     plan-to-plan  transfers  accepted  after  December  31, 1983 as part of the
     Participant's Aggregate Account balance. However, rollovers or plan-to-plan
     transfers  accepted prior to January 1, 1984 shall be considered as part of
     the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

          (7) with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones
     either not  initiated by the Employee or made to a plan  maintained  by the
     same  employer),  if  this  Plan  provides  the  rollover  or  plan-to-plan
     transfer,  it shall not be counted as a  distribution  for purposes of this
     Section.  If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or  plan-to-plan
     transfer,  it shall consider such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part
     of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance, irrespective of the date on
     which such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

          (8) For the purposes of  determining  whether two  employers are to be
     treated  as the  same  employer  in  2.2(c)(6)  and  2.2(c)(7)  above,  all
     employers  aggregated  under  Code  Section  414(b),  (c),  (m) and (o) are
     treated as the same employer.

     (d)  "Aggregation  Group"  means either a Required  Aggregation  Group or a
Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

                                       17
<PAGE>
          (1) Required  Aggregation Group: In determining a Required Aggregation
     Group  hereunder,  each  qualified  plan  of the  Employer,  including  any
     Simplified  Employee Pension Plan, in which a Key Employee is a participant
     in the  Plan  Year  containing  the  Determination  Date or any of the four
     preceding Plan Years,  and each other  qualified plan of the Employer which
     enables any qualified plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the
     requirements  of Code  Sections  401 (a)(4) or 410,  will be required to be
     aggregated. Such group shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group.

          In the case of a Required  Aggregation  Group,  each plan in the group
     will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required  Aggregation Group is a
     Top  Heavy  Group  No  plan  in the  Required  Aggregation  Group  will  be
     considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required  Aggregation Group is not a Top
     Heavy Group.

          (2) Permissive  Aggregation  Group:  The Employer may also include any
     other plan of the Employer, including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan,
     not required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, provided the
     resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue to satisfy the provisions
     of Code  Sections  401(a)(4)  and  410.  Such  group  shall  be  known as a
     Permissive Aggregation Group.

          In the case of a  Permissive  Aggregation  Group,  only a plan that is
     part of the Required  Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan
     if the Permissive  Aggregation  Group is a Top Heavy Group.  No plan in the
     Permissive  Aggregation  Group will be  considered  a Top Heavy Plan if the
     Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

          (3) Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination  Dates
     fall  within  the  same  calendar  year  shall  be  aggregated  in order to
     determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

          (4) An  Aggregation  Group shall  include any  terminated  plan of the
     Employer if it was maintained  within the last five (5) years ending on the
     Determination Date.

     (e) "Determination Date" means (a) the last day of the preceding Plan Year,
or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.

     (f)  Present  Value of Accrued  Benefit:  In the case of a defined  benefit
plan,  the Present Value of Accrued  Benefit for a Participant  other than a Key
Employee  shall be as determined  using the single  accrual  method used for all
plans of the  Employer and  Affiliated  Employers,  or if no such single  method
exists,  using a method which results in benefits accruing not more rapidly than
the  slowest  accrual  rate  permitted  under Code  Section 411  (b)(1)(C).  The
determination  of the Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of
the most  recent  valuation  date that  falls  within or ends with the  12-month
period ending on the Determination  Date, except as provided in Code Section 416
and the Regulations  thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined
benefit plan.

     However,  any such  determination  must  include  present  value of accrued
benefit attributable to any Plan distributions  referred to in Section 2.2(c)(4)
above, any Employee

                                       18
<PAGE>

contributions referred to in Section 2.2(c)(5) above or any related or unrelated
rollovers referred to in Sections 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7) above.

     (g) "Top  Heavy  Group"  means an  Aggregation  Group in  which,  as of the
Determination Date, the sum of:

          (1) the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees  under all
     defined benefit plans included in the group, and

          (2)  the  Aggregate  Accounts  of  Key  Employees  under  all  defined
     contribution plans included in the group,

          exceeds  sixty  percent  (60%) of a  similar  sum  determined  for all
          Participants.

     (h) The Administrator shall determine whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan
on the Anniversary Date specified in the Adoption Agreement.  Such determination
of the top heavy  ratio  shall be in  accordance  with Code  Section 416 and the
Regulations thereunder.

2.3      POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

     (a) The  Employer  shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee and
the  Administrator  from  time to  time as it  deems  necessary  for the  proper
administration  of the Plan to assure  that the Plan is being  operated  for the
exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with
the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act.

     (b) The Employer  shall  establish a "funding  policy and method," i.e., it
shall  determine  whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity  (e.g., to
pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and
stability of same) is a more current need,  or shall appoint a qualified  person
to do so. The Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to
the Trustee,  who shall  coordinate such Plan needs with its investment  policy.
The  communication  of such a "funding  policy and method"  shall not,  however,
constitute a directive to the Trustee as to investment of the Trust Funds.  Such
"funding policy and method" shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan
and with the requirements of Title Iof the Act.

     (c) The Employer may, in its discretion,  appoint an Investment  Manager to
manage all or a designated portion of the assets of the Plan. In such event, the
Trustee  shall follow the directive of the  Investment  Manager in investing the
assets of the Plan managed by the Investment Manager.

     (d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any Fiduciary
or other person to whom duties have been  delegated or allocated by it under the
provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures  established  hereunder.  This
requirement  may be satisfied by formal  periodic review by the Employer or by a
qualified person  specifically  designated by the Employer,  through  day-to-day
conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways.

                                       19
<PAGE>
2.4      DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

     The  Employer  shall  appoint  one  or  more  Administrators.  Any  person,
including,  but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible
to  serve as an  Administrator.  Any  person  so  appointed  shall  signify  his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer.  An Administrator may
resign by delivering  his written  resignation  to the Employer or be removed by
the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal,  to take effect at a date
specified  therein,  or  upon  delivery  to  the  Administrator  if no  date  is
specified.

     The Employer,  upon the resignation or removal of an  Administrator,  shall
promptly designate in writing a successor to this position. If the Employer does
not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as the Administrator.

2.5      ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, the responsibilities
of each  Administrator  may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing
by each  Administrator.  In the  event  that no such  delegation  is made by the
Employer, the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves,
in which event the  Administrators  shall notify the Employer and the Trustee in
writing of such action and specify the  responsibilities  of each Administrator.
The Trustee  thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the
appropriate  Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators
file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation.

2.6      POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     The primary  responsibility  of the Administrator is to administer the Plan
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their  Beneficiaries,  subject
to the specific terms of the Plan. The  Administrator  shall administer the Plan
in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe
the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection with the
administration,   interpretation,   and   application  of  the  Plan.  Any  such
determination  by the  Administrator  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon all
persons. The Administrator may establish procedures,  correct any defect, supply
any  information,  or  reconcile  any  inconsistency  in such manner and to such
extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the
Plan; provided,  however, that any procedure,  discretionary act, interpretation
or construction shall be done in a  nondiscriminatory  manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the
Plan  shall  continue  to be  deemed a  qualified  plan  under the terms of Code
Section  401(a),  and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations
issued pursuant thereto.  The  Administrator  shall have all powers necessary or
appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

     The  Administrator  shall  be  charged  with  the  duties  of  the  general
administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

          (a)  the  discretion  to  determine  all  questions  relating  to  the
     eligibility of Employees to  participate or remain a Participant  hereunder
     and to receive benefits under the Plan;

                                       20
<PAGE>
          (b) to compute,  certify,  and direct the Trustee  with respect to the
     amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant  shall be entitled
     hereunder;

          (c)  to  authorize   and  direct  the  Trustee  with  respect  to  all
     nondiscretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund;

          (d) to maintain all necessary  records for the  administration  of the
     Plan;

          (e) to interpret  the  provisions  of the Plan and to make and publish
     such  rules for  regulation  of the Plan as are  consistent  with the terms
     hereof;

          (f) to  determine  the size and type of any  Contract to be  purchased
     from any  Insurer,  and to designate  the Insurer from which such  Contract
     shall be purchased;

          (g) to compute and  certify to the  Employer  and to the Trustee  from
     time to time the sums of money  necessary or desirable to be contributed to
     the Trust Fund;

          (h) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee  regarding  the short
     and  long-term  liquidity  needs of the Plan in order that the  Trustee can
     exercise  any  investment  discretion  in a manner  designed to  accomplish
     specific objectives;

          (i) to prepare and  distribute  to Employees a procedure for notifying
     Participants and  Beneficiaries of their rights to elect Joint and Survivor
     Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if required by the Code and
     Regulations thereunder;

          (j) to assist any  Participant  regarding  his  rights,  benefits,  or
     elections available under the Plan.

2.7      RECORDS AND REPORTS

     The  Administrator  shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep
all other books of account,  records,  and other data that may be necessary  for
proper  administration  of the Plan and shall be  responsible  for supplying all
information and reports to the Internal  Revenue  Service,  Department of Labor,
Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.8      APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

     The  Administrator,  or the Trustee with the consent of the  Administrator,
may  appoint  counsel,   specialists,   advisers,   and  other  persons  as  the
Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
administration of this Plan.

2.9      INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

     To enable the  Administrator  to perform his functions,  the Employer shall
supply full and timely  information to the Administrator on all matters relating
to the Compensation of all Participants,  their Hours of Service, their Years of
Service, their retirement,  death, disability, or termination of employment, and
such  other  pertinent  facts  as  the  Administrator   may  require;   and  the
Administrator  shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as may be
pertinent to

                                       21
<PAGE>

the  Trustee's  duties  under the  Plan.  The  Administrator  may rely upon such
information  as  is  supplied  by  the  Employer  and  shall  have  no  duty  or
responsibility to verify such information.

2.10     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     All  expenses  of  administration  may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless
paid by the Employer.  Such expenses shall include any expenses  incident to the
functioning  of the  Administrator,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  fees of
accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of
administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of
the Trust Fund.  However,  the  Employer  may  reimburse  the Trust Fund for any
administration  expense incurred.  Any administration  expense paid to the Trust
Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

2.11     MAJORITY ACTIONS

     Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of  administrative
authority   pursuant   to  Section   2.5,  if  there  shall  be  more  than  one
Administrator,  they shall act by a majority of their number,  but may authorize
one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.12     CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     Claims  for  benefits  under  the Plan may be  filed  in  writing  with the
Administrator.  Written notice of the  disposition of a claim shall be furnished
to the claimant  within 90 days after the application is filed. In the event the
claim is denied,  the reasons for the denial shall be specifically  set forth in
the notice in language  calculated to be  understood by the claimant,  pertinent
provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as
to how the  claimant can perfect the claim will be  provided.  In addition,  the
claimant  shall be furnished  with an  explanation  of the Plan's  claims review
procedure.

2.13     CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

     Any Employee,  former  Employee,  or  Beneficiary  of either,  who has been
denied a benefit by a decision of the  Administrator  pursuant  to Section  2.12
shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further  consideration to
his claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing. Such
request,  together  with a written  statement  of the reasons  why the  claimant
believes his claim should be allowed,  shall be filed with the  Administrator no
later than 60 days after  receipt of the written  notification  provided  for in
Section 2.12. The Administrator  shall then conduct a hearing within the next 60
days,  at which the  claimant  may be  represented  by an  attorney or any other
representative  of his choosing and expense and at which the claimant shall have
an  opportunity  to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of
his claim.  At the hearing (or prior thereto upon 5 business days written notice
to  the  Administrator)  the  claimant  or  his  representative  shall  have  an
opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which
are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance. Either the claimant or
the  Administrator  may cause a court  reporter to attend the hearing and record
the proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the proceedings
shall be furnished to both  parties by the court  reporter.  The full expense of
any such court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the party causing
the court  reporter to attend the hearing.  A


                                       22
<PAGE>

final  decision  as to  the  allowance  of  the  claim  shall  be  made  by  the
Administrator  within 60 days of receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an
extension  of 60 days due to special  circumstances,  provided the delay and the
special circumstances occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the
60 day period). Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the claimant and shall include  specific  reasons for the decision
and specific  references to the pertinent Plan  provisions on which the decision
is based.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

3.1      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

     Any Eligible  Employee  shall be eligible to  participate  hereunder on the
date he has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

3.2      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

     An Eligible  Employee  who has become  eligible to be a  Participant  shall
become  a  Participant  effective  as of  the  day  specified  in  the  Adoption
Agreement.

     In  the  event  an  Employee  who  has  satisfied  the  Plan's  eligibility
requirements  and would  otherwise  have  become a  Participant  shall go from a
classification of a noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee,  such Employee
shall become a Participant as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

     In  the  event  an  Employee  who  has  satisfied  the  Plan's  eligibility
requirements  and  would  otherwise  become  a  Participant   shall  go  from  a
classification  of an Eligible  Employee to a  noneligible  Employee and becomes
ineligible to participate  and has not incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  such
Employee shall participate in the Plan as of the date the returns to an eligible
class of  Employees.  If such  Employee  does incur a 1-Year  Break in  Service,
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Plan.

3.3      DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     The  Administrator  shall  determine the  eligibility  of each Employee for
participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such
determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons,  as long as the
same is made  pursuant  to the  Plan and the Act.  Such  determination  shall be
subject to review per Section 2.13.

3.4      TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     In the event a Participant  shall go from a  classification  of an Eligible
Employee to an ineligible  Employee,  such Former  Participant shall continue to
vest in his  interest  in the Plan for each Year of  Service  completed  while a
noneligible  Employee,  until such time as his  Participant's  Account  shall be
forfeited or distributed  pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Additionally,  his
interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

                                       23
<PAGE>

3.5      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year,  any Employee who should be included as a Participant
in the Plan is  erroneously  omitted and  discovery of such omission is not made
until  after a  contribution  by his  Employer  for the year has been made,  the
Employer  shall  make  a  subsequent   contribution,   if  necessary  after  the
application of Section  4.3(e),  so that the omitted  Employee  receives a total
amount which the said Employee would have received had he not been omitted. Such
contribution  shall be made  regardless  of whether or not it is  deductible  in
whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.6      INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year,  any person  who should not have been  included  as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously  included and discovery of such incorrect
inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the
Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution  made with respect to
the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with
respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect
to the  ineligible  person shall  constitute  a Forfeiture  for the Plan Year in
which the discovery is made.

3.7      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

     An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily
not to  participate  in the  Plan.  The  election  not to  participate  must  be
communicated to the Employer,  in writing,  at least thirty (30) days before the
beginning of a Plan Year. For  Standardized  Plans, a Participant or an Eligible
Employee may not elect not to participate.  Furthermore,  the foregoing election
not to  participate  shall  not be  available  with  respect  to  partners  in a
partnership.

3.8      CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE

     (a) If  this  Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for  one or more
Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is established
and one or more other  entities,  this Plan and the plan  established  for other
trades or  businesses  must,  when  looked  at as a single  Plan,  satisfy  Code
Sections 401(a) and (d) for the Employees of this and all other entities.

     (b)  If the  Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for  one or  more
Owner-Employees  who  control  one or  more  other  trades  or  businesses,  the
employees  of the other  trades or  businesses  must be included in a plan which
satisfies  Code Sections  401(a) and (d) and which  provides  contributions  and
benefits not less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

     (c) If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two
or more  trades  or  businesses  which  are not  controlled  and the  individual
controls  a trade  or  business,  then  the  benefits  or  contributions  of the
employees  under the plan of the trades or businesses  which are controlled must
be as favorable as those  provided for him under the most  favorable plan of the
trade or business which is not controlled.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     (d) For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee,  or two or
more   Owner-Employees,   will  be  considered  to  control  an  entity  if  the
Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

          (1) own the entire interest in an unincorporated entity, or

          (2) in the case of a  partnership,  own more than 50 percent of either
     the capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

     (e) For purposes of the preceding  sentence,  an Owner-Employee,  or two or
more  Owner-Employees  shall be treated as owning any interest in a  partnership
which  is  owned,   directly  or  indirectly,   by  a  partnership   which  such
Owner-Employee,  or such two or more Owner-Employees,  are considered to control
within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1  FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     (a) For a Money Purchase Plan -

          (1) The Employer shall make contributions over such period of years as
     the  Employer  may  determine  on the  following  basis.  On behalf of each
     Participant  eligible  to  share  in  allocations,  for  each  year  of his
     participation  in this  Plan,  the  Employer  shall  contribute  the amount
     specified  in the Adoption  Agreement.  All  contributions  by the Employer
     shall be made in cash or in such  property as is acceptable to the Trustee.
     The Employer shall be required to obtain a waiver from the Internal Revenue
     Service  for any Plan Year in which it is unable to make the full  required
     contribution  to the Plan.  In the event a waiver  is  obtained,  this Plan
     shall be deemed to be an individually designed plan.

          (2) For any Plan Year  beginning  prior to  January  1,  1990,  and if
     elected  in the  non-standardized  Adoption  Agreement  for any  Plan  Year
     beginning on or after January 1, 1990, the Employer shall not contribute on
     behalf of a Participant who performs less than a Year of Service during any
     Plan Year,  unless there is a Short Plan Year or a contribution is required
     pursuant to 4.3(h).

          (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer's contribution for any
     Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to
     the Employer  under the  provisions  of Code Section 404.  However,  to the
     extent necessary to provide the top heavy minimum allocations, the Employer
     shall make a contribution even if it exceeds the amount which is deductible
     under Code Section 404.

     (b) For a Profit Sharing Plan-

          (1) For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan such
     amount  as  specified   by  the   Employer  in  the   Adoption   Agreement.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Employer's contribution for any
     Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to
     the Employer under the provisions of Code

                                       25
<PAGE>

     Section 404. All  contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in
     such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

          (2) Except,  however, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy
     minimum  allocations,  the Employer  shall make a  contribution  even if it
     exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount which is deductible
     under Code Section 404.

4.2      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     The Employer  shall  generally pay to the Trustee its  contribution  to the
Plan for each Plan Year within the time prescribed by law, including  extensions
of time,  for the  filing of the  Employer's  federal  income tax return for the
Fiscal Year.

4.3      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

     (a) The  Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account in the name
of  each  Participant  to  which  the  Administrator  shall  credit  as of  each
Anniversary  Date, or other valuation  date, all amounts  allocated to each such
Participant as set forth herein.

     (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all  information
required by the  Administrator  to make a proper  allocation  of the  Employer's
contributions  for each Plan Year.  Within a reasonable period of time after the
date of receipt by the  Administrator  of such  information,  the  Administrator
shall allocate such contribution as follows:

          (1) For a Money Purchase Plan:

               (i)  The  Employer's  Contribution  shall  be  allocated  to each
          Participant's  Combined Account in the manner set forth in Section 4.1
          herein and as specified in Section E2 of the Adoption Agreement.

          (2) For an Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

               (i)  The  Employer's  contribution  shall  be  allocated  to each
          Participant's  Account,  except as  provided in Section  4.3(f),  in a
          dollar  amount  equal to 5.7% of the sum of each  Participant's  total
          Compensation  plus  Excess  Compensation.  If the  Employer  does  not
          contribute such amount for all Participants,  each Participant will be
          allocated a share of the  contribution in the same proportion that his
          total  Compensation  plus his total Excess  Compensation  for the Plan
          Year  bears  to  the  total   Compensation   plus  the  total   Excess
          Compensation of all Participants for that year.

          Regardless of the preceding,  4.3% shall be substituted for 5.7% above
          if  Excess  Compensation  is based on more  than 20% and less  than or
          equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based
          on less than 100% and more than 80% of the  Taxable  Wage  Base,  then
          5.4% shall be substituted for 5.7% above.

                                       26
<PAGE>
               (ii) The balance of the Employer's  contribution  over the amount
          allocated  above,  if any,  shall be allocated  to each  Participant's
          Combined  Account in the same proportion  that his total  Compensation
          for the Year bears to the total  Compensation of all  Participants for
          such year.

               (iii)  Except,  however,  for any Plan  Year  beginning  prior to
          January 1,  1990,  and if  elected  in the  non-standardized  Adoption
          Agreement  for any Plan Year  beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a
          Participant  who performs less than a Year of Service  during any Plan
          Year  shall not share in the  Employer's  contribution  for that year,
          unless  there  is a Short  Plan  Year or a  contribution  is  required
          pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

          (3) For a Non-Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

               (i)  The  Employer's  contribution  shall  be  allocated  to each
          Participant's   Account  in  the  same   proportion   that  each  such
          Participant's   Compensation   for  the  year   bears  to  the   total
          Compensation of all Participants for such year.

               (ii)  Except,  however,  for any  Plan  Year  beginning  prior to
          January 1,  1990,  and if  elected  in the  non-standardized  Adoption
          Agreement  for any Plan Year  beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a
          Participant  who performs less than a Year of Service  during any Plan
          Year  shall not share in the  Employer's  contribution  for that year,
          unless  there  is a Short  Plan  Year or a  contribution  is  required
          pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

     (c) As of each Anniversary Date or other valuation date,  before allocation
of  Employer  contributions  and  Forfeitures,   any  earnings  or  losses  (net
appreciation  or net  depreciation)  of the Trust Fund shall be allocated in the
same proportion that each Participant's and Former  Participant's  nonsegregated
accounts  bear  to the  total  of all  Participants'  and  Former  Participants'
nonsegregated  accounts  as of such  date.  If any  nonsegregated  account  of a
Participant  has  been  distributed  prior  to the  Anniversary  Date  or  other
valuation date  subsequent to a  Participant's  termination  of  employment,  no
earnings or losses shall be credited to such account.

     Notwithstanding  the above, with respect to contributions  made to the Plan
after the previous  Anniversary Date or allocation date, the method specified in
the Adoption Agreement shall be used.

     (d)  Participants'  Accounts  shall be debited for any insurance or annuity
premiums  paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest  received on
insurance contracts.

     (e) As of each Anniversary Date any amounts which became  Forfeitures since
the last Anniversary Date shall first be made available to reinstate  previously
forfeited  account balances of Former  Participants,  if any, in accordance with
Section  6.4(g)(2) or be used to satisfy any  contribution  that may be required
pursuant to Section 3.5 and/or 6.9. The remaining Forfeitures,  if any, shall be
treated in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.  Provided,  however,  that in
the event the allocation of Forfeitures  provided herein shall cause the "annual
addition" (as

                                       27
<PAGE>

defined  in  Section  4.4) to any  Participant's  Account  to exceed  the amount
allowable  by the Code,  the excess  shall be  reallocated  in  accordance  with
Section 4.5.  Except,  however,  for any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1,
1990,  and if elected in the  non-standardized  Adoption  Agreement for any Plan
Year beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a Participant who performs less than
a Year of Service  during any Plan Year shall not share in the Plan  Forfeitures
for that  year,  unless  there is a Short Plan Year or a  contribution  required
pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

     (f) Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years:  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  for  any  Top  Heavy  Plan  Year,  the  sum of  the  Employer's
contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of
each  Non-Key  Employee  shall be equal to at least three  percent  (3%) of such
Non-Key Employee's "415 Compensation" (reduced by contributions and forfeitures,
if any,  allocated to each  Non-Key  Employee in any defined  contribution  plan
included with this plan in a Required  Aggregation  Group).  However, if (i) the
sum  of  the  Employer's   contributions   and  Forfeitures   allocated  to  the
Participant's Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year
is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee's  "415  Compensation"  and
(ii) this Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation  Group to enable
a defined  benefit plan to meet the  requirements  of Code Section  401(a)(4) or
410, the sum of the Employer's  contributions  and Forfeitures  allocated to the
Participant's  Combined  Account of each Non-Key  Employee shall be equal to the
largest  percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of any Key
Employee.

     However,  for each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in a paired Profit
Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and a paired Money Purchase Plan, the
minimum 3% allocation  specified  above shall be provided in the Money  Purchase
Plan.

     If this is an  integrated  Plan,  then  for any Top  Heavy  Plan  Year  the
Employer's contribution shall be allocated as follows:

          (1)  An  amount  equal  to  3%   multiplied   by  each   Participant's
     Compensation  for the Plan Year shall be  allocated  to each  Participant's
     Account.   If  the  Employer  does  not  contribute  such  amount  for  all
     Participants,  the amount shall be allocated to each Participant's  Account
     in the same proportion that his total  Compensation for the Plan Year bears
     to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

          (2)  The  balance  of the  Employer's  contribution  over  the  amount
     allocated  under  subparagraph  (1)  hereof  shall  be  allocated  to  each
     Participant's  Account  in a  dollar  amount  equal to 3%  multiplied  by a
     Participant's Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such
     amount for all Participants,  each Participant will be allocated a share of
     the contribution in the same proportion that his Excess  Compensation bears
     to the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year.

          (3)  The  balance  of the  Employer's  contribution  over  the  amount
     allocated  under  subparagraph  (2)  hereof  shall  be  allocated  to  each
     Participant's  Account in a dollar  amount equal to 2.7%  multiplied by the
     sum of each Participant's total Compensation plus Excess  Compensation.  If
     the Employer does not  contribute  such amount for all  Participants,  each
     Participant  will be  allocated  a share  of the  contribution  in the same
     proportion that his total  Compensation plus his total Excess  Compensation
     for the Plan

                                       28
<PAGE>

     Year bears to the total Compensation plus the total Excess  Compensation of
     all Participants for that year.

          Regardless of the preceding,  1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above
          if  Excess  Compensation  is based on more  than 20% and less  than or
          equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based
          on less than 100% and more than 80% of the  Taxable  Wage  Base,  then
          2.4% shall be substituted for 2.7% above.

          (4) The  balance  of the  Employer's  contributions  over  the  amount
     allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each  Participant's  Account
     in the same proportion that his total  Compensation for the Plan Year bears
     to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

     For each  Non-Key  Employee who is a  Participant  in this Plan and another
non-paired defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer,  the minimum 3%
allocation  specified above shall be provided as specified in F3 of the Adoption
Agreement.

     (g) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage
allocated to the  Participant's  Combined  Account of any Key Employee  shall be
equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer's  contributions  and  Forfeitures
allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the "415  Compensation"  for
such Key Employee.

     (h) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum  allocations set forth in this
Section shall be allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of all Non-Key
Employees who are  Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last
day of the Plan  Year,  including  Non-Key  Employees  who have  (1)  failed  to
complete a Year of Service; or (2) declined to make mandatory  contributions (if
required)  or,  in  the  case  of  a  cash  or  deferred  arrangement,  elective
contributions to the Plan.

     (i)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  in any Plan Year in
which the Employer  maintains both this Plan and a defined  benefit pension plan
included in a Required  Aggregation Group which is top heavy, the Employer shall
not be  required  to  provide a  Non-Key  Employee  with both the full  separate
minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate defined  contribution
plan allocations.  Therefore,  if the Employer  maintains both a Defined Benefit
and a  Defined  Contribution  Plan  that are a Top  Heavy  Group,  the top heavy
minimum benefits shall be provided as follows:

          (1) Applies if F1b of the Adoption Agreement is Selected -


               (i) The  requirements of Section 2.1 shall apply except that each
          Non-Key  Employee who is a Participant  in the Profit  Sharing Plan or
          Money  Purchase  Plan  and who is also a  Participant  in the  Defined
          Benefit Plan shall  receive a minimum  allocation of five percent (5%)
          of such  Participant's  "415 Compensation" from the applicable Defined
          Contribution Plan(s).

               (ii) For each Non-Key  Employee who is a Participant  only in the
          Defined   Benefit   Plan  the   Employer   will   provide   a  minimum
          non-integrated  benefit  equal to 2% of

                                       29
<PAGE>

          his highest five consecutive year average "415  Compensation" for each
          Year of Service while a Participant  in the Plan, in which the Plan is
          top heavy, not to exceed ten.

               (iii) For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in this
          Defined  Contribution  Plan, the Employer shall provide a contribution
          equal to 3% of his "415 Compensation."

          (2) Applies if F1c of the Adoption Agreement is Selected -

               (i) The  minimum  allocation  specified  in Section  4.3(i)(1)(i)
          shall be 7 1/2% if the Employer  elects in the Adoption  Agreement for
          years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

               (ii) The minimum benefit specified in Section 4.3(i)(1)(ii) shall
          be 3% if the Employer  elects in the Adoption  Agreement  for years in
          which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

               (iii) The minimum allocation specified in Section  4.3(i)(1)(iii)
          shall be 4% if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement for years
          in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

     (j) For the purposes of this Section,  "415 Compensation"  shall be limited
to $200,000  (unless  adjusted in such manner as  permitted  under Code  Section
415(d)).  However,  for Plan Years  beginning  prior to  January  1,  1989,  the
$200,000  limit  shall  apply  only for Top  Heavy  Plan  Years and shall not be
adjusted.

     (k)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  any Participant who
terminated  employment during the Plan Year for reasons other than death,  Total
and  Permanent  Disability,  or  retirement  shall  or  shall  not  share in the
allocations of the Employer's  Contributions  and Forfeitures as provided in the
Adoption  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  for Plan Years  beginning
after 1989, if this is a  standardized  Plan,  any such  terminated  Participant
shall  share in the  allocations  as  provided  in this  Section  provided  such
Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

     (l)   Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,   Participants
terminating for reasons of death, Total and Permanent Disability,  or retirement
shall share in the allocations as provided in this Section regardless of whether
they completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

     (m) If a Former Participant is reemployed after five (5) consecutive 1-Year
Breaks in Service, then separate accounts shall be maintained as follows:

          (1) one account for nonforfeitable  benefits attributable to pre-break
     service; and

          (2) one account  representing  his employer derived account balance in
     the Plan attributable to post-break service.

                                       30
<PAGE>

     (n) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary,
if this  is a  non-standardized  Plan  that  would  otherwise  fail to meet  the
requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26),  410(b)(1), or 410(b)(2)(A)(i) and the
Regulations thereunder because Employer Contributions have not been allocated to
a sufficient  number or percentage  of  Participants  for a Plan Year,  then the
following rules shall apply:

          (1) The  group of  Participants  eligible  to share in the  Employer's
     contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year shall be expanded to include
     the minimum number of  Participants  who would not otherwise be eligible as
     are necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified  above. The specific
     participants  who shall become  eligible  under the terms of this paragraph
     shall be those who are  actively  employed on the last day of the Plan Year
     and, when compared to similarly situated  Participants,  have completed the
     greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

          (2) If after  application of paragraph (1) above,  the applicable test
     is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible to share in
     the  Employer's  contribution  and  Forfeitures  for the Plan Year shall be
     further  expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who are not
     actively  employed  on the last day of the Plan  Year as are  necessary  to
     satisfy the  applicable  test. The specific  Participants  who shall become
     eligible to share shall be those  Participants,  when compared to similarly
     situated  Participants,  who have completed the greatest number of Hours of
     Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

     Nothing in this  Section  shall  permit the  reduction  of a  Participant's
accrued  benefit.  Therefore any amounts that have  previously been allocated to
Participants  may not be  reallocated  to satisfy  these  requirements.  In such
event,  the Employer shall make an additional  contribution  equal to the amount
such  affected  Participants  would have  received had they been included in the
allocations,  even if it exceeds the amount which would be deductible under Code
Section 404. Any adjustment to the allocations  pursuant to this paragraph shall
be considered a retroactive amendment adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

4.4      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

     (a)(1)  If  the  Participant   does  not  participate  in,  and  has  never
participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer,  or a welfare
benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)), maintained by the Employer, or
an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2))  maintained
by the Employer, which provides Annual Additions, the amount of Annual Additions
which may be credited to the  Participant's  accounts  for any  Limitation  Year
shall not  exceed  the  lesser of the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount or any other
limitation  contained  in this Plan.  If the  Employer  contribution  that would
otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's  accounts would cause
the Annual  Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum  Permissible
Amount,  the amount  contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual
Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

     (2) Prior to determining  the  Participant's  actual  Compensation  for the
Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a
Participant  on the

                                       31
<PAGE>

basis of a  reasonable  estimation  of the  Participant's  Compensation  for the
Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

     (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for  such  Limitation  Year  shall  be
determined  on the  basis  of the  Participant's  actual  compensation  for such
Limitation Year.

     (4) If there is an excess amount  pursuant to Section  4.4(a)(2) or Section
4.5,  the  excess  will  be  disposed  of in one of the  following  manners,  as
uniformly  determined by the Plan  Administrator for all Participants  similarly
situated:

          (i) Any Deferred  Compensation  or  nondeductible  Voluntary  Employee
     Contributions,  to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount,  will be
     distributed to the Participant;

          (ii) If, after the application of  subparagraph  (i), an Excess Amount
     still exists,  and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the
     Limitation  Year,  the Excess Amount in the  Participant's  account will be
     used  to  reduce  Employer  contributions   (including  any  allocation  of
     Forfeitures)  for such  Participant in the next  Limitation  Year, and each
     succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

          (iii) If, after the application of subparagraph  (i), an Excess Amount
     still exists,  and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of
     a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a suspense
     account.  The suspense  account will be applied to reduce  future  Employer
     contributions  (including  allocation of any Forfeitures) for all remaining
     Participants  in the next Limitation  Year, and each succeeding  Limitation
     Year if necessary;

          (iv) If a  suspense  account  is in  existence  at any  time  during a
     Limitation  Year pursuant to this Section,  it will not  participate in the
     allocation  of  investment  gains and losses.  If a suspense  account is in
     existence at any time during a particular  limitation  year, all amounts in
     the suspense  account must be allocated and  reallocated  to  participants'
     accounts before any employer  contributions  or any employee  contributions
     may be made to the plan for that limitation year. Excess amounts may not be
     distributed to participants or former participants.

     (b)(1)  This  subsection   applies  if,  in  addition  to  this  Plan,  the
Participant  is covered  under  another  qualified  Regional  Prototype  defined
contribution  plan  maintained  by the Employer,  or a welfare  benefit fund (as
defined in Code Section  419(e))  maintained by the  Employer,  or an individual
medical  account  (as  defined  in Code  Section  415(l)(2))  maintained  by the
Employer,  which provides  Annual  Additions,  during any  Limitation  Year. The
Annual  Additions which may be credited to a  Participant's  accounts under this
Plan for any such  Limitation  Year  shall not exceed  the  Maximum  Permissible
Amount  reduced by the Annual  Additions  credited to a  Participant's  accounts
under the other plans and welfare benefit funds for the same Limitation Year. If
the  Annual  Additions  with  respect to the  Participant  under  other  defined
contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer are less
than the Maximum  Permissible  Amount and the Employer  contribution  that would
otherwise be contributed or

                                       32
<PAGE>

allocated to the  Participant's  accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual
Additions  for the  Limitation  Year  to  exceed  this  limitation,  the  amount
contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual  Additions under all
such plans and  welfare  benefit  funds for the  Limitation  Year will equal the
Maximum  Permissible  Amount.  If  the  Annual  Additions  with  respect  to the
Participant  under such other  defined  contribution  plans and welfare  benefit
funds in the  aggregate  are equal to or greater  than the  Maximum  Permissible
Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's  account
under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

     (2) Prior to determining  the  Participant's  actual  Compensation  for the
Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a
Participant in the manner described in Section 4.4(a)(2).

     (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
Year, the Maximum  Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined
on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

     (4) If,  pursuant  to Section  4.4(b)(2)  or Section  4.5, a  Participant's
Annual  Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess
Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the
Annual Additions last allocated,  except that Annual Additions attributable to a
welfare  benefit fund or individual  medical account will be deemed to have been
allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

     (5) If an Excess  Amount was  allocated to a  Participant  on an allocation
date of this Plan which  coincides with an allocation  date of another plan, the
Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

          (i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

          (ii)  the  ratio  of  (1)  the  Annual  Additions   allocated  to  the
     Participant  for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (2)
     the total Annual Additions  allocated to the Participant for the Limitation
     Year as of such  date  under  this  and all  the  other  qualified  defined
     contribution plans.

     (6) Any  Excess  Amount  attributed  to this Plan will be  disposed  in the
manner described in Section 4.4(a)(4).

     (c)  If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another   qualified  defined
contribution  plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Regional  Prototype
Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's  account under
this Plan for any  Limitation  Year will be limited in  accordance  with Section
4.4(b),   unless  the  Employer  provides  other  limitations  in  the  Adoption
Agreement.

     (d) If the  Employer  maintains,  or at any time  maintained,  a  qualified
defined  benefit  plan  covering  any  Participant  in this  Plan the sum of the
Participant's  Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction  and Defined  Contribution  Plan
Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation  Year. The Annual Additions which
may be credited to the Participant's  account under this Plan for any Limitation
Year will be limited in accordance with the Limitation on Allocations Section of
the Adoption Agreement.

                                       33
<PAGE>

     (e) For  purposes of applying  the  limitations  of Code  Section  415, the
transfer  of  funds  from  one  qualified  plan  to  another  is not an  "annual
addition." In addition,  the following  are not Employee  contributions  for the
purposes of Section 4.4(f)(1)(2): (1) rollover contributions (as defined in Code
Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans
made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by
an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411 (a)(7)(B)  (cash-outs);  (4) repayments
of distributions  received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section  411(a)(3)(D)
(mandatory  contributions);  and  (5)  Employee  contributions  to a  simplified
employee pension excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6).

     (f) For purposes of this Section,  the following  terms shall be defined as
follows:

          (1)  Annual  Additions  means  the  sum  credited  to a  Participant's
     accounts  for  any  Limitation  Year  of (1)  Employer  contributions,  (2)
     effective with respect to "limitation  years"  beginning after December 31,
     1986, Employee contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts allocated, after
     March 31,  1984,  to an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined in Code
     Section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by
     the Employer and (5) amounts  derived  from  contributions  paid or accrued
     after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are
     attributable to post-retirement  medical benefits allocated to the separate
     account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section  419A(d)(3))  under a
     welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e))  maintained by the
     Employer.  Except,  however, the "415 Compensation"  percentage  limitation
     referred  to in  paragraph  (a)(2)  above  shall  not  apply  to:  (1)  any
     contribution  for medical  benefits  (within  the  meaning of Code  Section
     419A(f)(2))  after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an
     "annual  addition,"  or (2) any  amount  otherwise  treated  as an  "annual
     addition" under Code Section 415(l)(1).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
     "limitation years" beginning prior to January 1, 1987, only that portion of
     Employee  contributions  equal to the lesser of Employee  contributions  in
     excess of six percent  (6%) of "415  Compensation"  or one-half of Employee
     contributions shall be considered an "annual addition."

     For this purpose,  any Excess Amount applied under  Sections  4.4(a)(4) and
     4.4(b)(6) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer  contributions shall be
     considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

          (2) Compensation means a Participant's  Compensation as elected in the
     Adoption  Agreement.  However,  regardless  of any  selection  made  in the
     Adoption Agreement,  "415 Compensation" shall exclude compensation which is
     not currently includible in the Participant's gross income by reason of the
     application of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

          For limitation  years  beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes
     of applying the limitations of this article,  compensation for a limitation
     year  is the  compensation  actually  paid or made  available  during  such
     limitation year.

          Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation for a participant
     in a defined  contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as
     defined  in  section

                                       34
<PAGE>

     22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) is the compensation such participant
     would have received for the  limitation  year if the  participant  had been
     paid  at  the  rate  of  compensation  paid  immediately   before  becoming
     permanently  and  totally  disabled;  such  imputed  compensation  for  the
     disabled  participant  may be taken into account only if the participant is
     not a Highly Compensated  Employee and contributions made on behalf of such
     participant are nonforfeitable when made.

          (3) Defined Benefit Fraction means a fraction,  the numerator of which
     is the sum of the  Participant's  Projected  Annual  Benefits under all the
     defined  benefit  plans  (whether  or  not  terminated)  maintained  by the
     Employer,  and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the
     dollar  limitation  determined for the Limitation  Year under Code Sections
     415(b) and (d) or 140 percent of his Highest Average Compensation including
     any adjustments under Code Section 415(b).

     Notwithstanding  the above,  if the Participant was a Participant as of the
     first day of the first  Limitation  Year beginning after December 31, 1986,
     in one or more defined benefit plans  maintained by the Employer which were
     in existence on May 6, 1986,  the  denominator of this fraction will not be
     less than 125  percent of the sum of the annual  benefits  under such plans
     which the  Participant  had  accrued as of the end of the close of the last
     Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,  disregarding any changes
     in the terms and  conditions  of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding
     sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans  individually and in the
     aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation
     Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall be
     substituted  for 125  unless  the extra  minimum  allocation  is being made
     pursuant  to  the  Employer's  election  in Fl of the  Adoption  Agreement.
     However,  for any Plan Year in which  this Plan is a Super Top Heavy  Plan,
     100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

          (4) Defined  Contribution  Dollar  Limitation  means  $30,000,  or, if
     greater,  one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar  limitation set forth in
     Code Section 415(b)(1) as in effect for the Limitation Year.

          (5) Defined Contribution  Fraction means a fraction,  the numerator of
     which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's account under
     all the defined  contribution plans (whether or not terminated)  maintained
     by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years,  (including
     the  Annual  Additions  attributable  to  the  Participant's  nondeductible
     voluntary employee  contributions to any defined benefit plans,  whether or
     not  terminated,  maintained  by the  Employer  and  the  annual  additions
     attributable  to all  welfare  benefit  funds,  as defined in Code  Section
     419(e),  and  individual  medical  accounts,  as  defined  in Code  Section
     415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the
     sum of the  maximum  aggregate  amounts  for  the  current  and  all  prior
     Limitation  Years of Service  with the  Employer  (regardless  of whether a
     defined  contribution  plan was  maintained by the  Employer).  The maximum
     aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent of the
     Defined  Contribution  Dollar Limitation or 35 percent of the Participant's
     Compensation for such

                                       35
<PAGE>

     year. For Limitation  Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the "annual
     addition" shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as an
     Annual Addition.

     If the  Employee  was a  Participant  as of the end of the first day of the
     first  Limitation  Year  beginning  after December 31, 1986, in one or more
     defined  contribution  plans  maintained  by the  Employer  which  were  in
     existence on May 5, 1986,  the  numerator of this fraction will be adjusted
     if the  sum of  this  fraction  and  the  Defined  Benefit  Fraction  would
     otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an
     amount  equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the  fractions
     over 1.0 times (2) the  denominator of this  fraction,  will be permanently
     subtracted  from  the  numerator  of  this  fraction.   The  adjustment  is
     calculated  using the  fractions as they would be computed as of the end of
     the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding
     any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 5, 1986,
     but  using  the  Code  Section  415  limitation  applicable  to  the  first
     Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall be
     substituted  for 125  unless  the extra  minimum  allocation  is being made
     pursuant  to  the  Employer's  election  in Fl of the  Adoption  Agreement.
     However,  for any Plan Year in which  this Plan is a Super Top Heavy  Plan,
     100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

          (6)  Employer  means  the  Employer  that  adopts  this  Plan  and all
     Affiliated Employers,  except that for purposes of this Section, Affiliated
     Employers  shall be determined  pursuant to the  modification  made by Code
     Section 415(h).

          (7)  Excess  Amount  means  the  excess  of the  Participant's  Annual
     Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

          (8) Highest Average  Compensation  means the average  Compensation for
     the three  consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that produces the
     highest average.  A Year of Service with the Employer is the 12 consecutive
     month period defined in Section El of the Adoption  Agreement which is used
     to determine Compensation under the Plan.

          (9)  Limitation  Year means the  Compensation  Year (a 12  consecutive
     month  period) as elected by the  Employer in the Adoption  Agreement.  All
     qualified  plans  maintained by the Employer  must use the same  Limitation
     Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12 consecutive month
     period,  the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation
     Year in which the amendment is made.

          (10) Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Addition that
     may be contributed or allocated to a  Participant's  account under the plan
     for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:

               (i) the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

               (ii)  25  percent  of  the  Participant's  Compensation  for  the
          Limitation Year.

                                       36
<PAGE>

     The  Compensation  Limitation  referred  to in (ii)  shall not apply to any
     contribution  for medical  benefits  (within  the meaning of Code  Sections
     401(h) or  419A(f)(2))  which is  otherwise  treated as an annual  addition
     under Code Sections 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

     If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment  changing the
     Limitation  Year to a different 12  consecutive  month period,  the Maximum
     Permissible  Amount  will  not  exceed  the  Defined   Contribution  Dollar
     Contribution multiplied by the following fraction:

                  number of months in the short Limitation Year
                  ---------------------------------------------
                                       12

          (11)  Projected  Annual  Benefit means the annual  retirement  benefit
     (adjusted  to an  actuarially  equivalent  straight  life  annuity  if such
     benefit  is  expressed  in a form other  than a  STRAIGHT  life  annuity or
     qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity) to which the  Participant  would be
     entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:

               (i)  the  Participant  will  continue   employment  until  Normal
          Retirement Age (or current age, if later), and

               (ii) the  Participant's  Compensation for the current  Limitation
          Year and all other relevant  factors used to determine  benefits under
          the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

     (g)  Regional  Prototype  Plan  means a plan the form of which has been the
subject of a favorable notification letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

     (h) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the
limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in this Section shall
at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the  Regulations
thereunder,   the  terms  of  which  are  specifically  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

4.5      ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

     (a) If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures,  a reasonable error in
estimating  a  Participant's   annual   Compensation,   a  reasonable  error  in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant  under the limits of
Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation  1.415-6(b)(6)
shall be  applicable,  the  "annual  additions"  under this Plan would cause the
maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded,  the  Administrator  shall treat
the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

4.6      TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

     (a) If  specified  in the  Adoption  Agreement  and with the consent of the
Administrator,  amounts may be transferred from other qualified plans,  provided
that the trust from which such funds are transferred  permits the transfer to be
made and the transfer will not  jeopardize  the tax

                                       37
<PAGE>

exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax  consequences  for the Employer.
The amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to
as a "Participant's Rollover Account." Such account shall be fully vested at all
times and shall not be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

     (b)  Amounts  in a  Participant's  Rollover  Account  shall  be held by the
Trustee  pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or
distributed  to the  Participant,  in whole or in part,  except as  provided  in
Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section.

     (c)  Amounts   attributable  to  elective   contributions  (as  defined  in
Regulation   1.401  (k)-  1(g)(4)),   including   amounts  treated  as  elective
contributions,   which  are  transferred  from  another   qualified  plan  in  a
plan-to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution  limitations provided
for in Regulation 1.401(k)- 1(d).

     (d) At Normal  Retirement  Date, or such other date when the Participant or
his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits,  the fair market value of
the Participant's  Rollover Account shall be used to provide additional benefits
to the Participant or his  Beneficiary.  Any  distributions of amounts held in a
Participant's  Rollover  Account  shall be made in a manner which is  consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to,
all notice and consent  requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered as part of
a  Participant's  benefit in  determining  whether an  involuntary  cash-out  of
benefits without Participant consent may be made.

     (e) The  Administrator  may direct  that  employee  transfers  made after a
valuation date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant  until
such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time
they may remain  segregated or be invested as part of the general Trust Fund, to
be determined by the Administrator.

     (f) For purposes of this Section,  the term "qualified plan" shall mean any
tax qualified plan under Code Section 401(a). The term "amounts transferred from
other qualified plans" shall mean:

          (i) amounts  transferred to this Plan directly from another  qualified
     plan;  (ii)  lump-sum  distributions  received by an Employee  from another
     qualified plan which are eligible for tax free rollover to a qualified plan
     and which are  transferred  by the  Employee to this Plan within sixty (60)
     days following his receipt thereof;  (iii) amounts transferred to this Plan
     from a conduit  individual  retirement  account  provided  that the conduit
     individual  retirement  account has no assets  other than assets  which (A)
     were previously  distributed to the Employee by another qualified plan as a
     lump-sum  distribution  (B)  were  eligible  for  tax-free  rollover  to  a
     qualified plan and (C) were deposited in such conduit individual retirement
     account  within sixty (60) days of receipt  thereof and other than earnings
     on said assets; and (iv) amounts distributed to the Employee from a conduit
     individual  retirement  account  meeting the  requirements  of clause (iii)
     above,  and transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days
     of his receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement account.

                                       38
<PAGE>

     (g) Prior to accepting  any  transfers to which this Section  applies,  the
Administrator  may require  the  Employee  to  establish  that the amounts to be
transferred  to this Plan meet the  requirements  of this  Section  and may also
require  the  Employee  to provide an  opinion  of counsel  satisfactory  to the
Employer  that the  amounts  to be  transferred  meet the  requirements  of this
Section.

     (h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly to
this Plan from another  qualified  plan (or a  transaction  having the effect of
such  a  transfer)  shall  only  be  permitted  if it  will  not  result  in the
elimination  or  reduction  of any  "Section  41l(d)(6)  protected  benefit"  as
described in Section 8.1.

4.7      VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

     (a) If this is an amendment to a Plan that had previously allowed voluntary
Employee contributions, then, except as provided in 4.7(b) below, this Plan will
not accept voluntary  Employee  contributions for Plan Years beginning after the
Plan Year in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.

     (b)  For  401(k)  Plans,  if  elected  in  the  Adoption  Agreement,   each
Participant may, at the discretion of the  Administrator in a  nondiscriminatory
manner,  elect to voluntarily  contribute a portion of his  compensation  earned
while a Participant  under this Plan.  Such  contributions  shall be paid to the
Trustee  within a  reasonable  period of time but in no event later than 90 days
after the receipt of the contribution.

     (c) The balance in each Participant's  Voluntary Contribution Account shall
be fully  Vested at all times and shall not be  subject  to  Forfeiture  for any
reason.

     (d) A Participant  may elect to withdraw his voluntary  contributions  from
his Voluntary  Contribution  Account and the actual earnings thereon in a manner
which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including,
but not  limited  to, all  notice  and  consent  requirements  of Code  Sections
411(a)(11)  and  417  and  the  Regulations  thereunder.  If  the  Administrator
maintains  sub-accounts  with respect to voluntary  contributions  (and earnings
thereon) which were made on or before a specified  date, a Participant  shall be
permitted to designate which sub-account shall be the source for his withdrawal.
No  Forfeitures  shall occur solely as a result of an  Employee's  withdrawal of
Employee contributions.

     In the event such a withdrawal is made,  or in the event a Participant  has
received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B)
from any plan maintained by the Employer,  then such Participant shall be barred
from making any voluntary contributions for a period of twelve (12) months after
receipt of the withdrawal or distribution.

     (e) At Normal  Retirement  Date, or such other date when the Participant or
his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits,  the fair market value of
the Voluntary  Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits
to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

     (f) The Administrator may direct that voluntary  contributions made after a
valuation  date be  segregated  into a separate  account  until such time as the
allocations  pursuant to this Plan

                                       39
<PAGE>

have been made, at which time they may remain  segregated or be invested as part
of the general Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

4.8      DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

     (a) If elected in the Adoption  Agreement,  all Participants may direct the
Trustee  as to the  investment  of all or a portion  of any one or more of their
individual  account balances.  Participants may direct the Trustee in writing to
invest  their  account in  specific  assets as  permitted  by the  Administrator
provided  such  investments  are in  accordance  with  the  Department  of Labor
regulations  and are  permitted by the Plan.  That portion of the account of any
Participant  so directing  will  thereupon be  considered a Directed  Investment
Account.

     (b) A separate  Directed  Investment  Account shall be established for each
Participant who has directed an investment.  Transfers between the Participant's
regular  account  and their  Directed  Investment  Account  shall be charged and
credited as the case may be to each  account.  The Directed  Investment  Account
shall not share in Trust Fund  Earnings,  but it shall be charged or credited as
appropriate  with the net  earnings,  gains,  losses and expenses as well as any
appreciation or depreciation in market value during each Plan Year  attributable
to such account.

     (c) The  Administrator  shall  establish  a  procedure,  to be applied in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory  manner,  setting forth the permissible investment
options under this Section,  how often changes between  investments may be made,
and any other limitations that the Administrator shall impose on a Participant's
right to direct investments.

4.9      QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

     (a) If this is an amendment to a Plan that previously  permitted deductible
voluntary  contributions,  then each Participant who made a "Qualified Voluntary
Employee  Contribution"  within the  meaning  of Code  Section  219(e)(2)  as it
existed  prior to the  enactment  of the Tax Reform Act of 1986,  shall have his
contribution  held  in a  separate  Qualified  Voluntary  Employee  Contribution
Account which shall be fully Vested at all times. Such  contributions,  however,
shall not be permitted if they are attributable to taxable years beginning after
December 31, 1986.

     (b) A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the Administrator,
make withdrawals from his Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account. Any
distribution  shall be made in a manner which is  consistent  with and satisfies
the  provisions  of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice and
consent  requirements  of Code Sections  411(a)(11) and 417 and the  Regulations
thereunder.

     (c) At Normal  Retirement  Date, or such other date when the Participant or
his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits,  the fair market value of
the Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution  Account shall be used to provide
additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

     (d)  Unless  the  Administrator   directs  Qualified   Voluntary   Employee
Contributions  made  pursuant  to this  Section  be  segregated  into a separate
account  for each  Participant,  they shall be  invested  as part of the general
Trust Fund and share in earnings and losses.

                                       40
<PAGE>

4.10     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the event this Plan  previously  provided  for  voluntary  or  mandatory
Employee  contributions,  then,  with  respect  to Plan  Years  beginning  after
December 31,  1986,  such  contributions  must  satisfy the  provisions  of Code
Section 401(m) and the Regulations thereunder.

4.11     INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

     If the Employer and/or an Affiliated Employer maintain qualified retirement
plans  integrated with Social Security such that any Participant in this Plan is
covered under more than one of such plans, then such plans will be considered to
be one  plan  and will be  considered  to be  integrated  if the  extent  of the
integration  of all such  plans  does  not  exceed  100%.  For  purposes  of the
preceding sentence,  the extent of integration of a plan is the ratio, expressed
as a  percentage,  which the actual  benefits,  benefit  rate,  offset rate,  or
employer  contribution rate,  whatever is applicable under the Plan bears to the
limitation  applicable  to such  Plan.  If the  Employer  maintains  two or more
standardized paired plans, only one plan may be integrated with Social Security.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1      VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

     The  Administrator  shall direct the Trustee,  as of each Anniversary Date,
and at such other date or dates deemed  necessary by the  Administrator,  herein
called "valuation date," to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the
Trust Fund as it exists on the "valuation  date." In determining such net worth,
the  Trustee  shall  value the  assets  comprising  the Trust Fund at their fair
market value as of the "valuation  date" and shall deduct all expenses for which
the Trustee has not yet  obtained  reimbursement  from the Employer or the Trust
Fund.

5.2      METHOD OF VALUATION

     In determining  the fair market value of securities  held in the Trust Fund
which are listed on a registered stock exchange,  the Administrator shall direct
the  Trustee  to value the same at the  prices  they  were  last  traded on such
exchange  preceding  the  close of  business  on the  "valuation  date." If such
securities were not traded on the "valuation  date," or if the exchange on which
they are traded was not open for  business  on the  "valuation  date,"  then the
securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to
the  "valuation  date." Any  unlisted  security  held in the Trust Fund shall be
valued at its bid price next  preceding the close of business on the  "valuation
date,"  which  bid  price  shall be  obtained  from a  registered  broker  or an
investment  banker.  In  determining  the fair market value of assets other than
securities  for which  trading or bid prices can be  obtained,  the  Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that  purpose  and  rely on the  values  established  by such  appraiser  or
appraisers.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

     Every Participant may terminate his employment with the Employer and retire
for the  purposes  hereof  on or  after  his  Normal  Retirement  Date or  Early
Retirement Date. Upon such Normal  Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, all
amounts   credited  to  such   Participant's   Combined   Account  shall  become
distributable.  However,  a  Participant  may  postpone the  termination  of his
employment  with the Employer to a later date, in which event the  participation
of such  Participant  in the Plan,  including  the right to receive  allocations
pursuant to Section 4.3, shall continue until his Late  Retirement  Date. Upon a
Participant's  Retirement  Date, or as soon  thereafter as is  practicable,  the
Administrator  shall  direct the  distribution  of all amounts  credited to such
Participant's Combined Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.2      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

     (a) Upon the death of a  Participant  before his  Retirement  Date or other
termination  of his  employment,  all  amounts  credited  to such  Participant's
Combined Account shall become fully Vested.  The Administrator  shall direct, in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the  distribution of the
deceased Participant's accounts to the Participant's Beneficiary.

         (b) Upon the death of a Former  Participant,  the  Administrator  shall
direct,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Sections  6.6 and  6.7,  the
distribution of any remaining  amounts credited to the accounts of such deceased
Former Participant to such Former Participant's Beneficiary.

     (c) The  Administrator  may  require  such  proper  proof of death and such
evidence  of the right of any  person  to  receive  payment  of the value of the
account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the Administrator may
deem desirable.  The Administrator's  determination of death and of the right of
any person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

     (d) Unless otherwise  elected in the manner  prescribed in Section 6.6, the
Beneficiary of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity shall be the  Participant's
spouse. Except,  however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than
his spouse for the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity if:

          (1)  the   Participant   and  his  spouse  have  validly   waived  the
     Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity in the manner  prescribed in Section 6.6,
     and  the  spouse  has  waived  his or  her  right  to be the  Participant's
     Beneficiary, or

          (2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within
     the  meaning of local law) and the  Participant  has a court  order to such
     effect (and there is no "qualified  domestic relations order" as defined in
     Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or

          (3) the Participant has no spouse, or

                                       42
<PAGE>

          (4) the spouse cannot be located.

     In such event,  the  designation  of a Beneficiary  shall be made on a form
satisfactory  to the  Administrator.  A  Participant  may at any time revoke his
designation of a Beneficiary or change his  Beneficiary by filing written notice
of such revocation or change with the Administrator.  However, the Participant's
spouse  must again  consent in writing to any change in  Beneficiary  unless the
original  consent  acknowledged  that the spouse had the right to limit  consent
only to a  specific  Beneficiary  and that the  spouse  voluntarily  elected  to
relinquish such right. The Participant may, at any time, designate a Beneficiary
for  death  benefits   payable  under  the  Plan  that  are  in  excess  of  the
Pre-Retirement   Survivor  Annuity.   In  the  event  no  valid  designation  of
Beneficiary  exists at the time of the  Participant's  death,  the death benefit
shall be payable to his estate.

     (e) If the Plan provides an insured  death  benefit and a Participant  dies
before  any  insurance  coverage  to  which  he is  entitled  under  the Plan is
effected, his death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be limited to the
standard rated premium which was or should have been used for such purpose.

     (f) In the  event of any  conflict  between  the terms of this Plan and the
terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

6.3      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

     In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability prior to his
Retirement Date or other termination of his employment,  all amounts credited to
such Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. In the event of a
Participant's Total and Permanent Disability,  the Administrator,  in accordance
with the  provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the  distribution  to
such Participant of all amounts credited to such Participant's  Combined Account
as though he had retired.

6.4      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

     (a) On or before the Anniversary Date, or other valuation date,  coinciding
with or subsequent to the  termination  of a  Participant's  employment  for any
reason other than  retirement,  death,  or Total and Permanent  Disability,  the
Administrator  may  direct  that  the  amount  of the  Vested  portion  of  such
Terminated Participant's Combined Account be segregated and invested separately.
In the event the  Vested  portion  of a  Participant's  Combined  Account is not
segregated,  the amount  shall remain in a separate  account for the  Terminated
Participant and share in allocations  pursuant to Section 4.3 until such time as
a distribution is made to the Terminated Participant.  The amount of the portion
of the  Participant's  Combined Account which is not Vested may be credited to a
separate account (which will always share in gains and losses of the Trust Fund)
and at such  time as the  amount  becomes  a  Forfeiture  shall  be  treated  in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan regarding Forfeitures.

     Regardless of whether  distributions  in kind are  permitted,  in the event
that the amount of the Vested portion of the Terminated  Participant's  Combined
Account equals or exceeds the fair market value of any insurance Contracts,  the
Trustee,  when so directed by the  Administrator and agreed to by the Terminated
Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such Terminated

                                       43
<PAGE>

Participant all Contracts on his life in such form or with such endorsements, so
that the  settlement  options  and  forms of  payment  are  consistent  with the
provisions of Section 6.5. In the event that the Terminated Participant's Vested
portion does not at least equal the fair market value of the Contracts,  if any,
the  Terminated  Participant  may pay over to the Trustee the sum needed to make
the  distribution  equal  to  the  value  of the  Contracts  being  assigned  or
transferred,  or the Trustee, pursuant to the Participant's election, may borrow
the  cash  value of the  Contracts  from the  Insurer  so that the  value of the
Contracts  is  equal  to the  Vested  portion  of the  Terminated  Participant's
Combined Account and then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

     Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated  Participant shall be made on
the  occurrence  of an event  which  would  result in the  distribution  had the
Terminated  Participant  remained  in the  employ  of  the  Employer  (upon  the
Participant's   death,   Total  and  Permanent   Disability,   Early  or  Normal
Retirement).  However,  at the election of the  Participant,  the  Administrator
shall  direct that the entire  Vested  portion of the  Terminated  Participant's
Combined  Account to be  payable to such  Terminated  Participant  provided  the
conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. Any
distribution  under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5,  including but not limited to,
all notice and consent  requirements of Code Sections 41l(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder.

     Notwithstanding  the  above,  if the  value of a  Terminated  Participant's
Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed,
and at the time of any  prior  distribution,  has  never  exceeded  $3,500,  the
Administrator  shall  direct  that the  entire  Vested  benefit  be paid to such
Participant  in  a  single  lump-sum  without  regard  to  the  consent  of  the
Participant or the  Participant's  spouse. A Participant's  Vested benefit shall
not include Qualified  Voluntary  Employee  Contributions  within the meaning of
Code Section 72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

     (b) The Vested portion of any  Participant's  Account shall be a percentage
of such  Participant's  Account  determined  on the  basis of the  Participant's
number of Years of Service  according to the vesting  schedule  specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

     (c) For any Top Heavy  Plan  Year,  one of the  minimum  top heavy  vesting
schedules  as  elected  by  the  Employer  in  the   Adoption   Agreement   will
automatically  apply to the Plan. The minimum top heavy vesting schedule applies
to all  benefits  within the  meaning of Code  Section 411 (a)(7)  except  those
attributable to Employee  contributions,  including  benefits accrued before the
effective  date of Code Section 416 and benefits  accrued before the Plan became
top heavy.  Further, no decrease in a Participant's  Vested percentage may occur
in the event the Plan's status as top heavy changes for any Plan Year.  However,
this Section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not
have an Hour of Service  after the Plan has  initially  become top heavy and the
Vested percentage of such Employee's  Participant's  Account shall be determined
without regard to this Section 6.4(c).

     If in any subsequent Plan Year, the Plan ceases to be a Top Heavy Plan, the
Administrator  shall  continue to use the vesting  schedule in effect  while the
Plan was a Top

                                       44
<PAGE>

Heavy Plan for each Employee who had an Hour of Service  during a Plan Year when
the Plan was Top Heavy.

     (d)   Notwithstanding   the  vesting  schedule  above,  upon  the  complete
discontinuance  of the Employer's  contributions to the Plan or upon any full or
partial  termination  of the Plan,  all  amounts  credited to the account of any
affected  Participant  shall  become  100%  Vested and shall not  thereafter  be
subject to Forfeiture.

     (e) If this is an  amended  or  restated  Plan,  then  notwithstanding  the
vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested percentage of a
Participant's  Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage  attained as
of the  later of the  effective  date or  adoption  date of this  amendment  and
restatement. The computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage of his
interest  in the Plan  shall  not be  reduced  as the  result  of any  direct or
indirect amendment to this Article,  or due to changes in the Plan's status as a
Top Heavy Plan.

     (f) If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or if the Plan is amended in
any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's
nonforfeitable  percentage  or if the Plan is  deemed  amended  by an  automatic
change to a top heavy vesting  schedule,  then each  Participant with at least 3
Years of Service as of the expiration  date of the election  period may elect to
have his  nonforfeitable  percentage  computed  under the Plan without regard to
such  amendment  or  change.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for  Plan  Years
beginning  before  January 1, 1989,  or with  respect to  Employees  who fail to
complete  at least  one (1)  Hour of  Service  in a Plan  Year  beginning  after
December 31, 1988,  five (5) shall be substituted for three (3) in the preceding
sentence.  If a Participant  fails to make such election,  then such Participant
shall be subject to the new vesting schedule.  The Participant's election period
shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall end 60 days after
the latest of:

          (1) the adoption date of the amendment,

          (2) the effective date of the amendment, or

          (3) the date the Participant  receives written notice of the amendment
     from the Employer or Administrator.

     (g)(1) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer before
a 1-Year Break in Service  occurs,  he shall continue to participate in the Plan
in the same manner as if such termination had not occurred.

          (2) If any Former  Participant  shall be  reemployed  by the  Employer
     before  five (5)  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks in  Service,  and such Former
     Participant had received a distribution of his entire Vested interest prior
     to his  reemployment,  his forfeited account shall be reinstated only if he
     repays the full  amount  distributed  to him before the earlier of five (5)
     years  after  the  first  date on which  the  Participant  is  subsequently
     reemployed  by  the  Employer  or  the  close  of  the  first  period  of 5
     consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution.  If
     a distribution  occurs for any reason other than a separation from service,
     the time for  repayment  may not end earlier  than five (5) years after the
     date of separation. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full
     amount  distributed to him, the undistributed  portion of the Participant's
     Account  must be

                                       45
<PAGE>

     restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to
     the Anniversary Date or other valuation date preceding his termination.  If
     an  employee  receives a  distribution  pursuant  to this  section  and the
     employee  resumes  employment  covered  under  this  plan,  the  employee's
     employer-derived account balance will be restored to the amount on the date
     of  distribution  if the employee repays to the plan the full amount of the
     distribution attributable to employer contributions before the earlier of 5
     years  after  the  first  date on which  the  participant  is  subsequently
     re-employed  by  the  employer,  or  the  date  the  participant  incurs  5
     consecutive   1-year   breaks  in  service   following   the  date  of  the
     distribution.  If a  non-Vested  Former  Participant  was  deemed  to  have
     received a  distribution  and such Former  Participant is reemployed by the
     Employer  before five (5) consecutive  1-Year Breaks in Service,  then such
     Participant will be deemed to have repaid the deemed distribution as of the
     date of reemployment.

          (3) If any Former  Participant  is reemployed  after a I-Year Break in
     Service has occurred, Years of Service shall include Years of Service prior
     to his 1-Year Break in Service subject to the following rules:

               (i) Any  Former  Participant  who  under the Plan does not have a
          nonforfeitable  right  to any  interest  in the  Plan  resulting  from
          Employer  contributions  shall lose credits if his consecutive  1-Year
          Breaks in Service  equal or exceed the  greater of (A) five (5) or (B)
          the aggregate number of his pre-break Years of Service;

               (ii) After  five (5)  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks in  Service,  a
          Former  Participant's Vested Account balance attributable to pre-break
          service shall not be increased as a result of post-break service;

               (iii) A Former  Participant who is reemployed and who has not had
          his Years of  Service  before a 1-Year  Break in  Service  disregarded
          pursuant to (i) above, shall participate in the Plan as of his date of
          reemployment;

               (iv) If a  Former  Participant  completes  a Year of  Service  (a
          1-Year Break in Service  previously  occurred,  but employment had not
          terminated),  he shall participate in the Plan  retroactively from the
          first day of the Plan Year during which he  completes  one (1) Year of
          Service.

     (h) In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan,
Years of Service shall be excluded as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

6.5      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

     (a)(1) Unless  otherwise  elected as provided  below, a Participant  who is
married on the "annuity  starting date" and who does not die before the "annuity
starting  date" shall  receive the value of all of his benefits in the form of a
Joint and Survivor  Annuity.  The Joint and Survivor  Annuity is an annuity that
commences immediately and shall be equal in value to a single life annuity. Such
joint and survivor benefits following the Participant's  death shall continue to
the spouse  during the  spouse's  lifetime at a rate equal to 50% of the rate at
which such  benefits  were payable to the  Participant.  This Joint and

                                       46
<PAGE>

Survivor Annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity and  automatic  form of payment for the purposes of this Plan.  However,
the Participant may elect to receive a smaller annuity benefit with continuation
of payments to the spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) or one hundred
percent  (100%) of the rate payable to a Participant  during his lifetime  which
alternative  Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal in value to the automatic
Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. An unmarried Participant shall receive the value
of his  benefit  in the  form of a life  annuity.  Such  unmarried  Participant,
however,  may elect in  writing to waive the life  annuity.  The  election  must
comply with the  provisions  of this  Section as if it were an election to waive
the Joint and Survivor Annuity by a married Participant, but without the spousal
consent requirement.  The Participant may elect to have any annuity provided for
in this Section distributed upon the attainment of the "earliest retirement age"
under the Plan.  The  "earliest  retirement  age" is the earliest date on which,
under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

          (2) Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor  Annuity must be made
     by the  Participant in writing during the election  period and be consented
     to by the  Participant's  spouse.  If the spouse is legally  incompetent to
     give consent,  the spouse's  legal  guardian,  even if such guardian is the
     Participant,  may give consent. Such election shall designate a Beneficiary
     (or a form of benefits)  that may not be changed  without  spousal  consent
     (unless the consent of the spouse  expressly  permits  designations  by the
     Participant without the requirement of further consent by the spouse). Such
     spouse's  consent shall be irrevocable  and must  acknowledge the effect of
     such election and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.
     Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction
     of the  Administrator  that the required consent cannot be obtained because
     there is no spouse,  the spouse cannot be located,  or other  circumstances
     that may be prescribed by Regulations. The election made by the Participant
     and consented to by his spouse may be revoked by the Participant in writing
     without the consent of the spouse at any time during the  election  period.
     The number of  revocations  shall not be  limited.  Any new  election  must
     comply with the  requirements of this  paragraph.  A former spouse's waiver
     shall not be binding on a new spouse.

          (3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor  Annuity shall
     be the 90-day period ending on the "annuity starting date."

          (4) For  purposes  of this  Section  and  Section  6.6,  the  "annuity
     starting  date" means the first day of the first period for which an amount
     is paid as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form
     of an  annuity,  the first  day on which all  events  have  occurred  which
     entitles the Participant to such benefit.

          (5) With regard to the election,  the  Administrator  shall provide to
     the  Participant  no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days  before the
     "annuity starting date" a written explanation of:

               (i) the terms and  conditions of the Joint and Survivor  Annuity,
          and

                                       47
<PAGE>

               (ii)  the  Participant's  right  to  make  and the  effect  of an
          election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

               (iii) the right of the  Participant's  spouse to  consent  to any
          election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

               (iv) the right of the  Participant to revoke such  election,  and
          the effect of such revocation.

     (b) In the event a married  Participant  duly elects  pursuant to paragraph
(a)(2)  above not to receive  his  benefit  in the form of a Joint and  Survivor
Annuity,  or if such Participant is not married,  in the form of a life annuity,
the Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the
distribution  to a  Participant  or his  Beneficiary  any  amount to which he is
entitled  under  the  Plan in one or more of the  following  methods  which  are
permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement:

          (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

          (2) Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly,  semiannual,
     or annual cash installments. In order to provide such installment payments,
     the Administrator may direct that the Participant's interest in the Plan be
     segregated  and invested  separately,  and that the funds in the segregated
     account be used for the payment of the installments.  The period over which
     such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the  Participant's  life
     expectancy (or the life  expectancy of the  Participant  and his designated
     Beneficiary);

          (3) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not
     be in any form that  will  provide  for  payments  over a period  extending
     beyond either the life of the  Participant (or the lives of the Participant
     and his designated  Beneficiary)  or the life expectancy of the Participant
     (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).

     (c) The present value of a Participant's Joint and Survivor Annuity derived
from  Employer  and Employee  contributions  may not be paid without his written
consent  if the value  exceeds,  or has ever  exceeded  at the time of any prior
distribution,  $3,500.  Further,  the spouse of a  Participant  must  consent in
writing to any immediate distribution. If the value of the Participant's benefit
derived from Employer and Employee  contributions does not exceed $3,500 and has
never exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior  distribution,  the Administrator
may immediately  distribute such benefit without such Participant's  consent. No
distribution  may be made  under  the  preceding  sentence  after  the  "annuity
starting date" unless the  Participant and his spouse consent in writing to such
distribution. Any written consent required under this paragraph must be obtained
not more than 90 days before  commencement of the distribution and shall be made
in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

     (d) Any  distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which exceeds,  or
has ever  exceeded at the time of any prior  distribution,  $3,500 shall require
such Participant's consent if such distribution  commences prior to the later of
his Normal Retirement Age or age 62. With regard to this required consent:

                                       48
<PAGE>

          (1) No consent  shall be valid unless the  Participant  has received a
     general  description  of the material  features and an  explanation  of the
     relative  values of the optional forms of benefit  available under the Plan
     that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417.

          (2) The Participant  must be informed of his right to defer receipt of
     the distribution.  If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an
     election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit.  However, any
     election to defer the receipt of benefits  shall not apply with  respect to
     distributions which are required under Section 6.5(e).

          (3) Notice of the rights  specified  uinder  this  paragraph  shall be
     provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the  "annuity
     starting date."

          (4) Written consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be
     made before the  Participant  receives the notice and must not be made more
     than 90 days before the "annuity starting date."

          (5) No consent  shall be valid if a  significant  detriment is imposed
     under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the distribution.

     (e)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  the  Plan  to the  contrary,  the
distribution  of a  Participant's  benefits,  made on or after  January 1, 1985,
whether under the Plan or through the purchase of an annuity Contract,  shall be
made in accordance with the following  requirements  and shall otherwise  comply
with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder (including Regulation
Section  1.401(a)(9)-2),  the  provisions  of which are  incorporated  herein by
reference:

          (1) A  Participant's  benefits  shall be  distributed to him not later
     than April lst of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar
     year in which the Participant  attains age 70 1/2 or (ii) the calendar year
     in which the Participant retires, provided,  however, that this clause (ii)
     shall not  apply in the case of a  Participant  who is a "five (5)  percent
     owner"  at any time  during  the five (5) Plan  Year  period  ending in the
     calendar  year  in  which  he  attains  age 70 1/2  or,  in the  case  of a
     Participant  who becomes a "five (5) percent  owner" during any  subsequent
     Plan Year,  clause (ii) shall no longer  apply and the  required  beginning
     date shall be the April lst of the  calendar  year  following  the calendar
     year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends. Alternatively,  distributions
     to a  Participant  must  begin no later  than the  applicable  April lst as
     determined  under the preceding  sentence and must be made over the life of
     the  Participant  (or the lives of the  Participant  and the  Participant's
     designated Beneficiary) or, if benefits are paid in the form of a Joint and
     Survivor  Annuity,  the life  expectancy  of the  Participant  (or the life
     expectancies  of  the  Participant  and  his  designated   Beneficiary)  in
     accordance  with  Regulations.  For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1988,  clause  (ii)  above  shall not apply to any  Participant  unless the
     Participant  had attained  age 70 1/2 before  January 1, 1988 and was not a
     "five (5)  percent  owner" at any time  during the Plan Year ending with or
     within the calendar  year in which the  Participant  attained age 66 1/2 or
     any subsequent Plan Year.

                                       49
<PAGE>

          (2) Distributions to a Participant and his Beneficiaries shall only be
     made in accordance with the incidental  death benefit  requirements of Code
     Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.

          Additionally,  for calendar years beginning before 1989, distributions
     may also be made under an  alternative  method which provides that the then
     present  value  of  the  payments  to  be  made  over  the  period  of  the
     Participant's  life  expectancy  exceeds  fifty  percent  (50%) of the then
     present value of the total payments to be made to the  Participant  and his
     Beneficiaries.

     (f) For purposes of this Section,  the life expectancy of a Participant and
a  Participant's  spouse  (other  than in the case of a life  annuity)  shall be
redetermined  annually in accordance with  Regulations if permitted  pursuant to
the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant or the Participant's spouse may elect
whether  recalculations  will be made,  then the election,  once made,  shall be
irrevocable.  If no election is made by the time  distributions  must  commence,
then the life expectancy of the Participant and the  Participant's  spouse shall
not be subject to  recalculation.  Life  expectancy  and joint and last survivor
expectancy  shall be computed  using the return  multiples in Tables V and VI of
Regulation 1.72-9.

     (g) All annuity  Contracts under this Plan shall be  non-transferable  when
distributed.  Furthermore,  the  terms of any  annuity  Contract  purchased  and
distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements
of this Plan.

     (h) Subject to the spouse's  right of consent  afforded under the Plan, the
restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant has, prior
to January 1, 1984,  made a written  designation to have his retirement  benefit
paid in an alternative  method acceptable under Code Section 401(a) as in effect
prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

     (i) If a  distribution  is made at a time  when a  Participant  who has not
terminated  employment is not fully Vested in his Participant's  Account and the
Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account:

          (1) A separate  account  shall be  established  for the  Participant's
     interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

          (2) At any  relevant  time the  Participant's  Vested  portion  of the
     separate  account  shall be  equal to an  amount  ("X")  determined  by the
     formula:

                       X equals P(AB plus (RxD)) - (R x D)

          For purposes of applying the formula:  P is the Vested  percentage  at
          the relevant  time, AB is the account  balance at the relevant time, D
          is the  amount  of  distribution,  and R is the  ratio of the  account
          balance  at  the   relevant   time  to  the  account   balance   after
          distribution.

                                       50
<PAGE>

6.6      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

     (a) Unless  otherwise  elected as provided below, a Vested  Participant who
dies before the annuity  starting date and who has a surviving spouse shall have
the   Pre-Retirement   Survivor  Annuity  paid  to  his  surviving  spouse.  The
Participant's  spouse may direct  that  payment of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor
Annuity commence within a reasonable  period after the  Participant's  death. If
the spouse does not so direct, payment of such benefit will commence at the time
the  Participant  would have attained the later of his Normal  Retirement Age or
age  62.  However,   the  spouse  may  elect  a  later  commencement  date.  Any
distribution to the Participant's spouse shall be subject to the rules specified
in Section 6.6(h).

     (b) Any election to waive the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity before the
Participant's  death  must be made by the  Participant  in  writing  during  the
election period and shall require the spouse's  irrevocable  consent in the same
manner provided for in Section  6.5(a)(2).  Further,  the spouse's  consent must
acknowledge the specific nonspouse  Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the nonspouse Beneficiary need not be acknowledged,  provided the consent of the
spouse  acknowledges  that the spouse has the right to limit  consent  only to a
specific  Beneficiary and that the spouse  voluntarily elects to relinquish such
right.

     (c) The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity shall
begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant  attains age 35
and end on the date of the Participant's  death. An earlier waiver (with spousal
consent)  may be made  provided  a  written  explanation  of the  Pre-Retirement
Survivor  Annuity is given to the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at
the  beginning  of the Plan Year in which the  Participant  turns age 35. In the
event a Vested Participant  separates from service prior to the beginning of the
election period,  the election period shall begin on the date of such separation
from service.

     (d) With regard to the  election,  the  Administrator  shall  provide  each
Participant within the applicable period,  with respect to such Participant (and
consistent  with  Regulations),  a  written  explanation  of the  Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity containing comparable  information to that required pursuant to
Section  6.5(a)(4).  For the purposes of this  paragraph,  the term  "applicable
period" means, with respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods
ends last:

          (1) The period  beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
     the  Participant  attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year
     preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35;

          (2) A reasonable  period after the  individual  becomes a Participant.
     For this purpose,  in the case of an  individual  who becomes a Participant
     after age 32, the explanation must be provided by the end of the three-year
     period  beginning  with the first day of the first  Plan Year for which the
     individual is a Participant;

          (3) A  reasonable  period  ending  after  the  Plan  no  longer  fully
     subsidizes the cost of the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity with respect to
     the Participant;

          (4) A reasonable period ending after Code Section  401(a)(11)  applies
     to the Participant; or

                                       51
<PAGE>
          (5) A reasonable period after separation from service in the case of a
     Participant who separates  before  attaining age 35. For this purpose,  the
     Administrator  must provide the  explanation  beginning one year before the
     separation from service and ending one year after separation.

     (e) The Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section shall
apply only to Participants  who are credited with an Hour of Service on or after
August  23,  1984.  Former  Participants  who are not  credited  with an Hour of
Service  on or after  August  23,  1984  shall be  provided  with  rights to the
Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity in  accordance  with Section  303(e)(2) of the
Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

     (f) If the  value  of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity  derived  from
Employer  and  Employee  contributions  does not  exceed  $3,500  and has  never
exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior  distribution,  the Administrator shall
direct the immediate distribution of such amount to the Participant's spouse. No
distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the annuity starting
date unless the spouse  consents in writing.  If the value exceeds,  or has ever
exceeded  at  the  time  of  any  prior   distribution,   $3,500,  an  immediate
distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving spouse,  provided
such  surviving  spouse  consents in writing to such  distribution.  Any written
consent  required  under this  paragraph  must be obtained not more than 90 days
before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent
with Section 6.5(a)(2).

     (g)(1)  In the  event  there is an  election  to waive  the  Pre-Retirement
Survivor  Annuity,  and for  death  benefits  in  excess  of the  Pre-Retirement
Survivor  Annuity,  such  death  benefits  shall  be paid  to the  Participant's
Beneficiary by either of the following  methods,  as elected by the  Participant
(or if no  election  has been  made  prior to the  Participant's  death,  by his
Beneficiary),  subject  to  the  rules  specified  in  Section  6.6(h)  and  the
selections made in the Adoption Agreement:

          (i) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

          (ii)  Payment  in  monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual,  or annual  cash
     installments  over a period  to be  determined  by the  Participant  or his
     Beneficiary.  After periodic installments  commence,  the Beneficiary shall
     have the right to reduce the period over which such  periodic  installments
     shall be made, and the cash amount of such periodic  installments  shall be
     adjusted accordingly;

          (iii) If death  benefits  in  excess  of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor
     Annuity are to be paid to the surviving  spouse,  such benefits may be paid
     pursuant  to (i) or (ii)  above,  or used to  purchase  an annuity so as to
     increase the payments made pursuant to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity;

     (2) In the event the death  benefit  payable  pursuant  to  Section  6.2 is
payable  in  installments,   then,  upon  the  death  of  the  Participant,  the
Administrator  may direct  that the death  benefit be  segregated  and  invested
separately, and that the funds accumulated in the segregated account be used for
the payment of the installments.

                                       52
<PAGE>

     (h)   Notwithstanding   any   provision  in  the  Plan  to  the   contrary,
distributions  upon the death of a Participant made or or after January 1, 1985,
shall be made in accordance with the following  requirements and shall otherwise
comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.

          (1)  If  it  is  determined,   pursuant  to   Regulations,   that  the
     distribution of a Participant's interest has begun and the Participant dies
     before his entire  interest  has been  distributed  to him,  the  remaining
     portion of such interest  shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under
     the method of distribution  selected pursuant to Section 6.5 as of his date
     of death.

          (2)  If a  Participant  dies  before  he  has  begun  to  receive  any
     distributions  of his  interest  in the Plan or  before  distributions  are
     deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations,  then his death benefit shall
     be distributed to his  Beneficiaries in accordance with the following rules
     subject to the selections  made in the Adoption  Agreement and  Subsections
     6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(i) below:

               (i)  The  entire  death  benefit  shall  be  distributed  to  the
          Participant's  Beneficiaries  by December 31st of the calendar year in
          which the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death occurs;

               (ii) The 5-year  distribution  requirement of (i) above shall not
          apply to any portion of the deceased  Participant's  interest which is
          payable to or for the  benefit of a  designated  Beneficiary.  In such
          event,  such  portion  shall  be  distributed  over  the  life of such
          designated Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
          expectancy of such designated  Beneficiary) provided such distribution
          begins not later than December  31st of the calendar year  immediately
          following the calendar year in which the Participant died;

               (iii) However, in the event the Participant's  spouse (determined
          as  of  the  date  of  the  Participant's  death)  is  his  designated
          Beneficiary,  the provisions of (ii) above shall apply except that the
          requirement  that  distributions  commence  within  one  year  of  the
          Participant's  death shall not apply.  In lieu thereof,  distributions
          must  commence  on or before  the later of: (1)  December  31st of the
          calendar  year  immediately  following  the calendar year in which the
          Participant  died;  or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in which
          the  Participant  would have  attained  age 70 1/2.  If the  surviving
          spouse dies before distributions to such spouse begin, then the 5-year
          distribution  requirement of this Section shall apply as if the spouse
          was the Participant.

          (3) Notwithstanding  subparagraph (2) above, or any selections made in
     the Adoption Agreement, if a Participant's death benefits are to be paid in
     the form of a Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity,  then  distributions to the
     Participant's surviving spouse must commence on or before the later of: (1)
     December 31st of the calendar year immediately  following the calendar year
     in which the Participant died; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in
     which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

                                       53
<PAGE>

               (i)  For  purposes  of  Section  6.6(h)(2),  the  election  by  a
          designated  Beneficiary  to be excepted  from the 5-year  distribution
          requirement  (if permitted in the Adoption  Agreement) must be made no
          later than December  31st of the calendar year  following the calendar
          year of the Participant's  death. Except,  however,  with respect to a
          designated Beneficiary who is the Participant's  surviving spouse, the
          election  must be made by the  earlier  of: (1)  December  31st of the
          calendar  year  immediately  following  the calendar year in which the
          Participant  died  or,  if  later,  the  calendar  year in  which  the
          Participant  would have  attained age 70 1/2; or (2) December  31st of
          the calendar year which contains the fifth  anniversary of the date of
          the Participant's death. An election by a designated  Beneficiary must
          be in  writing  and  shall  be  irrevocable  as of the last day of the
          election  period stated  herein.  In the absence of an election by the
          Participant  or a  designated  Beneficiary,  the  5-year  distribution
          requirement shall apply.

     (j) For purposes of this Section,  the life expectancy of a Participant and
a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall or shall
not be  redetermined  annually  as  provided in the  Adoption  Agreement  and in
accordance with Regulations.  If the Participant or the Participant's spouse may
elect,   pursuant  to  the  Adoption   Agreement,   to  have  life  expectancies
recalculated, then the election, once made, shall be irrevocable. If no election
is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant's  spouse shall not be subject to recalculation.
Life expectancy and joint and last survivor  expectancy  shall be computed using
the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation Section 1.72-9.

     (k) In the event  that less than 100% of a  Participant's  interest  in the
Plan  is  distributed  to  such   Participant's   spouse,  the  portion  of  the
distribution  attributable to the Participant's  Voluntary  Contribution Account
shall be in the same proportion that the  Participant's  Voluntary  Contribution
Account bears to the Participant's total interest in the Plan.

     (l) Subject to the spouse's  right of consent  afforded under the Plan, the
restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant has, prior
to January 1, 1984,  made a written  designation to have his death benefits paid
in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a) as in effect prior
to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

6.7      TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

     Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever a distribution is to be
made, or a series of payments are to commence,  on or as of an Anniversary Date,
the  distribution  or series of payments may be made or begun on such date or as
soon thereafter as is practicable, but in no event later than 180 days after the
Anniversary  Date.  However,  unless a Former  Participant  elects in writing to
defer the receipt of benefits  (such  election may not result in a death benefit
that is more than  incidental),  the payment of  benefits  shall begin not later
than the 60th day after  the  close of the Plan Year in which the  latest of the
following  events  occurs:  (a) the date on which the  Participant  attains  the
earlier of age 65 or the Normal  Retirement Age specified  herein;

                                       54
<PAGE>

(b)  the  10th  anniversary  of the  year in  which  the  Participant  commenced
participation  in the  Plan;  or (c) the date  the  Participant  terminates  his
service with the Employer.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  failure  of a  Participant  and,  if
applicable,  the Participant's  spouse, to consent to a distribution pursuant to
Section 6.5(d),  shall be deemed to be an election to defer the  commencement of
payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8      DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

     In  the  event  a  distribution  is  to  be  made  to  a  minor,  then  the
Administrator  may direct that such  distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary  maintains his residence,  or to the custodian for such  Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted
by the Laws of the state in which said  Beneficiary  resides.  Such a payment to
the legal  guardian,  custodian  or parent of a minor  Beneficiary  shall  fully
discharge  the Trustee,  Employer,  and Plan from  further  liability on account
thereof.

6.9      LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

     In the event that all, or any  portion,  of the  distribution  payable to a
Participant  or  his   Beneficiary   hereunder   shall,  at  the  later  of  the
Participant's  attainment of age 62 or his Normal  Retirement Age, remain unpaid
solely  by  reason  of the  inability  of the  Administrator,  after  sending  a
registered  letter,  return receipt  requested,  to the last known address,  and
after further diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant
or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture
pursuant  to the Plan.  In the event a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is located
subsequent  to his benefit  being  reallocated,  such benefit shall be restored,
first  from  Forfeitures,   if  any,  and  then  from  an  additional   Employer
contribution if necessary.

6.10     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

     For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit Sharing Plans, if elected in the
Adoption  Agreement,  at such time as a Participant  shall have attained the age
specified in the Adoption Agreement,  the Administrator,  at the election of the
Participant,  shall  direct the  distribution  of up to the entire  amount  then
credited to the accounts  maintained on behalf of the Participant.  However,  no
such  distribution  from the  Participant's  Account  shall  occur prior to 100%
Vesting.  In the event that the  Administrator  makes such a  distribution,  the
Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same
basis as any other  Employee.  Any  distribution  made  pursuant to this Section
shall  be made in a manner  consistent  with  Section  6.5,  including,  but not
limited to, all notice and consent  requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and
417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.11     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

     (a) For Profit Sharing  Plans,  if elected in the Adoption  Agreement,  the
Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution
to any  Participant  in any  one  Plan  Year  up to the  lesser  of  100% of his
Participant's  Combined  Account valued as of the last Anniversary Date or other
valuation  date or the amount  necessary  to  satisfy  the  immediate  and

                                       55
<PAGE>

heavy financial need of the Participant.  Any distribution made pursuant to this
Section  shall be  deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if
later,  the valuation date immediately  preceding the date of distribution,  and
the account from which the  distribution  is made shall be reduced  accordingly.
Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution is on
account of:

          (1) Medical expenses  described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
     Participant,  his  spouse,  or any of his  dependents  (as  defined in Code
     Section  152) or expenses  necessary  for these  persons to obtain  medical
     care;

          (2)  The  purchase   (excluding  mortgage  payments)  of  a  principal
     residence for the Participant;

          (3) Funeral expenses for a member of the Participant's family;

          (4) Payment of tuition and  related  educational  fees for the next 12
     months  of  post-secondary  education  for  the  Participant,  his  spouse,
     children, or dependents; or

          (5) The need to  prevent  the  eviction  of the  Participant  from his
     principal  residence or  foreclosure  on the mortgage of the  Participant's
     principal residence.

     (b) No such distribution shall be made from the Participant's Account until
such Account has become fully Vested.

     (c) Any  distribution  made  pursuant  to this  Section  shall be made in a
manner which is consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions of Section 6.5,
including,  but not  limited  to, all notice and  consent  requirements  of Code
Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.12     LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     All rights and benefits, including elections,  provided to a Participant in
this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any "alternate payee" under
a "qualified  domestic  relations  order."  Furthermore,  a  distribution  to an
"alternate  payee" shall be permitted if such  distribution  is  authorized by a
"qualified  domestic relations order," even if the affected  Participant has not
reached the "earliest  retirement  age" under the Plan. For the purposes of this
Section,  "alternate payee," "qualified  domestic relations order" and "earliest
retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).

6.13     SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS

     If  elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  following  shall  apply to a
Participant  in a Profit  Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan and to any
distribution,  made on or after the first day of the first  plan year  beginning
after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to
accumulated  deductible  employee  contributions,  as  defined  in Code  Section
72(o)(5)(B),  and  maintained  on behalf of a  participant  in a money  purchase
pension plan (including a target benefit plan):

                                       56
<PAGE>

          (a) The Participant  shall be prohibited from electing benefits in the
     form of a life annuity;

          (b) Upon the death of the Participant, the Participant's entire Vested
     account balances will be paid to his or her surviving spouse,  or, if there
     is no surviving  spouse or the  surviving  spouse has already  consented to
     waive his or her benefit, in accordance with Section 6.6, to his designated
     Beneficiary;

          (c)  Except to the  extent  otherwise  provided  in this  Section  and
     Section 6.5(h), the other provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.5 and 6.6 regarding
     spousal consent and the forms of  distributions  shall be inoperative  with
     respect to this Plan.

          (d) If a distribution  is one to which Sections  401(a)(11) and 417 of
     the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less
     than 30 days after the notice required under Section  1.411(a)-11(c) of the
     Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

               (1) the Plan  Administrator  clearly informs the Participant that
          the  Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after the
          notice  to  consider  the  decision  of  whether  or  not to  elect  a
          distribution (and, if applicable,  a particular  distribution option),
          and

               (2) the  Participant,  after receiving the notice,  affirmatively
          elects a distribution.

     This Section shall not apply to any  Participant  if it is determined  that
this Plan is a direct or indirect  transferee of a defined benefit plan or money
purchase  plan,  or a target  benefit plan,  stock bonus or profit  sharing plan
which  would  otherwise  provide  for a life  annuity  form  of  payment  to the
Participant.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                     TRUSTEE

7.1      BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities:

     (a)  Consistent  with the  "funding  policy and method"  determined  by the
Employer to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however, to the
direction of an Investment  Manager if the Employer  should appoint such manager
as to all or a portion of the assets of the Plan;

     (b) At the direction of the  Administrator,  to pay benefits required under
the Plan to be paid to  Participants,  or, in the event of their death, to their
Beneficiaries;

     (c) To maintain  records of receipts and  disbursements  and furnish to the
Employer  and/or  Administrator  for each Plan Year a written  annual report per
Section 7.7; and

                                       57
<PAGE>

         (d) If  there  shall be more  than one  Trustee,  they  shall  act by a
majority of their  number,  but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers
on their behalf.

7.2      INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

     (a) The Trustee  shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust
Fund  invested  without  distinction  between  principal  and income and in such
securities  or property,  real or personal,  wherever  situated,  as the Trustee
shall  deem  advisable,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  stocks,  common  or
preferred,  bonds and other  evidences of  indebtedness  or ownership,  and real
estate  or any  interest  therein.  The  Trustee  shall at all  times in  making
investments  of the Trust Fund  consider,  among  other  factors,  the short and
long-term  financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information  furnished by
the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to
securities  or other  property  of the  character  expressly  authorized  by the
applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard
to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan
may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust.

     (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of
its usual and customary  bank agency  agreement,  under which the duties of such
bank or trust  company  shall be of a  custodial,  clerical  and  record-keeping
nature.

     (c) The Trustee may from time to time transfer to a common,  collective, or
pooled trust fund  maintained by any  corporate  Trustee  hereunder  pursuant to
Revenue  Ruling  81-100,  all or such part of the Trust Fund as the  Trustee may
deem advisable,  and such part or all of the Trust Fund so transferred  shall be
subject to all the terms and  provisions  of the common,  collective,  or pooled
trust fund which  contemplate the  commingling  for investment  purposes of such
trust assets with trust assets of other  trusts.  The Trustee may withdraw  from
such common, collective, or pooled trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund
as the Trustee may deem advisable.

     (d) The  Trustee,  at the  direction of the  Administrator  and pursuant to
instructions from the individual  designated in the Adoption  Agreement for such
purpose and subject to the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement, shall
ratably  apply for,  own,  and pay all premiums on Contracts on the lives of the
Participants.  Any  initial  or  additional  Contract  purchased  on behalf of a
Participant  shall have a face  amount of not less than  $1,000,  the amount set
forth in the Adoption Agreement, or the limitation of the Insurer,  whichever is
greater. If a life insurance Contract is to be purchased for a Participant,  the
aggregate  premium for ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less
than  50%  of  the  aggregate  contributions  and  Forfeitures  allocated  to  a
Participant's  Combined Account. For purposes of this limitation,  ordinary life
insurance  Contracts are Contracts with both  non-decreasing  death benefits and
non-increasing  premiums.  If term  insurance  or  universal  life  insurance is
purchased with such contributions,  the aggregate premium must be 25% or less of
the  aggregate  contributions  and  Forfeitures  allocated  to  a  Participant's
Combined  Account.  If both term  insurance  and  ordinary  life  insurance  are
purchased with such  contributions,  the amount expended for term insurance plus
one-half of the premium for ordinary  life  insurance  may not in the  aggregate
exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer  contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
a Participant's  Combined Account.  The Trustee must distribute the Contracts to
the  Participant  or convert  the  entire  value

                                       58
<PAGE>

of the  Contracts  at or before  retirement  into cash or provide for a periodic
income so that no portion of such value may be used to continue  life  insurance
protection beyond retirement. Notwithstanding the above, the limitations imposed
herein with respect to the purchase of life  insurance  shall not apply,  in the
case of a Profit  Sharing Plan, to the portion of a  Participant's  Account that
has accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years.

     Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, amounts credited to a
Participant's  Qualified  Voluntary  Employee  Contribution  Account pursuant to
Section 4.9, shall not be applied to the purchase of life insurance contracts.

     (e) The Trustee will be the owner of any life insurance  Contract purchased
under the terms of this Plan.  The Contract  must provide that the proceeds will
be payable to the Trustee;  however,  the Trustee  shall be required to pay over
all  proceeds of the Contract to the  Participant's  designated  Beneficiary  in
accordance  with the  distribution  provisions  of Article  VI. A  Participant's
spouse will be the  designated  Beneficiary  pursuant to Section  6.2,  unless a
qualified  election has been made in accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the
Plan, if applicable.  Under no circumstances  shall the Trust retain any part of
the proceeds.  However,  the Trustee shall not pay the proceeds in a method that
would  violate  the  requirements  of the  Retirement  Equity  Act, as stated in
Article  VI  of  the  Plan,  or  Code  Section  401(a)(9)  and  the  Regulations
thereunder.

7.3      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee,  in addition to all powers and  authorities  under common law,
statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall
have the following  powers and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee's sole
discretion:

          (a) To purchase,  or subscribe  for, any  securities or other property
     and to retain the same.  In  conjunction  with the purchase of  securities,
     margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

          (b) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or
     otherwise  dispose of any securities or other property held by the Trustee,
     by  private  contract  or at public  auction.  No person  dealing  with the
     Trustee shall be bound to see to the  application  of the purchase money or
     to inquire into the validity,  expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
     other disposition, with or without advertisement;

          (c) To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
     general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without power of
     substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or
     other options,  and to make any payments  incidental thereto; to oppose, or
     to consent to, or otherwise  participate in, corporate  reorganizations  or
     other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary
     powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith;  and
     generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks,
     bonds, securities, or other property;

          (d) To cause any  securities or other property to be registered in the
     Trustee's own name or in the name of one or more of the Trustee's nominees,
     and to hold any

                                       59
<PAGE>

     investments  in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall
     at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust Fund;

          (e) To borrow  or raise  money  for the  purposes  of the Plan in such
     amount,  and upon such  terms and  conditions,  as the  Trustee  shall deem
     advisable;  and for any sum so  borrowed,  to  issue a  promissory  note as
     Trustee,  and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part,
     of the Trust Fund;  and no person  lending  money to the  Trustee  shall be
     bound to see to the  application  of the money lent or to inquire  into the
     validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;

          (f) To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances as
     the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the
     Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

          (g) To accept and retain  for such time as it may deem  advisable  any
     securities  or  other  property  received  or  acquired  by it  as  Trustee
     hereunder,  whether or not such securities or other property would normally
     be purchased as investments hereunder;

          (h) To make, execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver any and all documents
     of transfer and  conveyance and any and all other  instruments  that may be
     necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

          (i) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts,
     or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or
     legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits
     and legal and administrative proceedings;

          (j) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their  reasonable
     expenses  and  compensation,  and such agent or  counsel  may or may not be
     agent or counsel for the Employer;

          (k) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an  investment of the
     Trust  Fund  such  annuity,   or  other  Contracts  (on  the  life  of  any
     Participant) as the Administrator  shall deem proper;  to exercise,  at any
     time or from time to time,  whatever  rights and  privileges may be granted
     under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for
     the proceeds of all such annuity,  or other  Contracts as and when entitled
     to do so under the provisions thereof;

          (l) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings  accounts
     bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Trustee's bank;

          (m) To invest in  Treasury  Bills  and  other  forms of United  States
     government obligations;

          (n) To sell,  purchase  and acquire put or call options if the options
     are  traded  on  and  purchased  through  a  national  securities  exchange
     registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or, if
     the  options  are  not  traded  on  a  national  securities  exchange,  are
     guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange;

                                       60
<PAGE>

          (o) To  deposit  monies  in  federally  insured  savings  accounts  or
     certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

          (p) To pool all or any of the  Trust  Fund,  from  time to time,  with
     assets  belonging to any other  qualified  employee  pension  benefit trust
     created by the Employer or any Affiliated  Employer,  and to commingle such
     assets and make joint or common  investments  and carry  joint  accounts on
     behalf of this Plan and such other  trust or trusts,  allocating  undivided
     shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of
     the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests;

          (q) To do all such acts and exercise  all such rights and  privileges,
     although  not  specifically  mentioned  herein,  as the  Trustee  may  deem
     necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

          (r) Directed  Investment  Account.  The powers  granted to the Trustee
     shall  be  exercised  in the  sole  fiduciary  discretion  of the  Trustee.
     However, if elected in the Adoption Agreement,  each Participant may direct
     the Trustee to separate and keep  separate all or a portion of his interest
     in the Plan; and further each  Participant is authorized and empowered,  in
     his sole and absolute discretion, to give directions to the Trustee in such
     form  as  the  Trustee  may  require   concerning  the  investment  of  the
     Participant's   Directed  Investment  Account,  which  directions  must  be
     followed by the Trustee  subject,  however,  to  restrictions on payment of
     life  insurance  premiums.  Neither  the  Trustee  nor  any  other  persons
     including  the  Administrator  or  otherwise  shall  be  under  any duty to
     question any such direction of the  Participant or to review any securities
     or other  property,  real or personal,  or to make any  suggestions  to the
     Participant  in  connection  therewith,  and the  Trustee  shall  comply as
     promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder.
     Any such  direction  may be of a continuing  nature or otherwise and may be
     revoked  by the  Participant  at any time in such form as the  Trustee  may
     require.  The  Trustee  may refuse to comply  with any  direction  from the
     Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute  discretion,
     deems such  directions  improper by virtue of  applicable  law, and in such
     event,  the  Trustee  shall not be  responsible  or liable  for any loss or
     expense which may result. Any costs and expenses related to compliance with
     the Participant's  directions shall be borne by the Participant's  Directed
     Investment Account.

     Notwithstanding  anything  hereinabove  to the contrary,  the Trustee shall
not,  at any time after  December  31,  1981,  invest any  portion of a Directed
Investment Account in "collectibles" within the meaning of that term as employed
in Code Section 408(m).

7.4      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

     (a) If specified in the Adoption  Agreement,  the Trustee (or, if loans are
treated  as  Directed  Investment  pursuant  to  the  Adoption  Agreement,   the
Administrator)  may, in the Trustee's (or, if applicable,  the  Administrator's)
sole discretion, make loans to Participants or Beneficiaries under the following
circumstances:  (1)  loans  shall  be made  available  to all  Participants  and
Beneficiaries  on a  reasonably  equivalent  basis;  (2) loans shall not be made
available to Highly  Compensated  Employees in an amount greater than the amount
made

                                       61
<PAGE>

available  to other  Participants;  (3) loans  shall bear a  reasonable  rate of
interest; (4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for
periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time.

     (b) Loans shall not be made to any  Shareholder-Employee  or Owner-Employee
unless an  exemption  for such loan is obtained  pursuant to Act Section 408 and
further  provided  that such loan would not be subject to tax  pursuant  to Code
Section 4975.

     (c) Loans  shall not be  granted  to any  Participant  that  provide  for a
repayment period extending beyond such Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

     (d) Loans made  pursuant to this  Section  (when  added to the  outstanding
balance of all other loans made by the Plan to the Participant) shall be limited
to the lesser of:

          (1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest  outstanding
     balance  of loans  from the Plan to the  Participant  during  the  one-year
     period  ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made,  over
     the  outstanding  balance of loans from the Plan to the  Participant on the
     date on which such loan was made, or

          (2) the  greater of (A)  one-half  (1/2) of the  present  value of the
     non-forfeitable  accrued benefit of the Employee under the Plan, or (B), if
     permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, $10,000.

     For purposes of this limit,  all plans of the Employer  shall be considered
one plan. Additionally,  with respect to any loan made prior to January 1, 1987,
the $50,000 limit specified in (1) above shall be unreduced.

     (e) No  Participant  loan shall take into account the present value of such
Participant's Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account.

     (f) Loans shall provide for level amortization with payments to be made not
less  frequently  than  quarterly  over a period  not to exceed  five (5) years.
However,  loans used to acquire any  dwelling  unit which,  within a  reasonable
time,  is to be used  (determined  at the time the loan is made) as a  principal
residence  of the  Participant  shall  provide  for  periodic  repayment  over a
reasonable  period of time that may exceed five (5) years.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  loans  made  prior to  January  1, 1987  which are used to  acquire,
construct,  reconstruct or  substantially  rehabilitate any dwelling unit which,
within a  reasonable  period of time is to be used  (determined  at the time the
loan is made) as a principal  residence  of the  Participant  or a member of his
family  (within the meaning of Code Section  267(c)(4)) may provide for periodic
repayment  over a  reasonable  period of time that may  exceed  five (5)  years.
Additionally,  loans  made prior to January  1, 1987 may  provide  for  periodic
payments  which  are  made  less  frequently  than  quarterly  and  which do not
necessarily result in level amortization.

     (g) An assignment or pledge of any portion of a  Participant's  interest in
the Plan  and a loan,  pledge,  or  assignment  with  respect  to any  insurance
Contract  purchased  under the  Plan,  shall be  treated  as a loan  under  this
Section.

                                       62
<PAGE>

     (h) Any loan made  pursuant to this Section after August 18, 1985 where the
Vested interest of the Participant is used to secure such loan shall require the
written consent of the Participant's  spouse in a manner consistent with Section
6.5(a)  provided the spousal  consent  requirements of such Section apply to the
Plan.  Such written  consent must be obtained  within the 90-day period prior to
the date the loan is made.  Any security  interest held by the Plan by reason of
an  outstanding  loan  to  the  Participant  shall  be  taken  into  account  in
determining the amount of the death benefit or Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity.
However,  no spousal consent shall be required under this paragraph if the total
accrued benefit subject to the security is not in excess of $3,500.

     (i) With regard to any loans granted or renewed on or after the last day of
the first Plan Year  beginning  after  December  31, 1988,  a  Participant  loan
program shall be established which must include, but need not be limited to, the
following:

          (1) the identity of the person or positions  authorized  to administer
     the Participant loan program;

          (2) a procedure for applying for loans;

          (3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

          (4)  limitations,  if any, on the types and amounts of loans  offered,
     including what  constitutes a hardship or financial need if selected in the
     Adoption Agreement;

          (5) the procedure  under the program for determining a reasonable rate
     of interest;

          (6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and

          (7) the events  constituting  default and the steps that will be taken
     to preserve plan assets.

     Such  Participant  loan program  shall be  contained in a separate  written
document which, when properly executed,  is hereby incorporated by reference and
made a part of this plan.  Furthermore,  such  Participant  loan  program may be
modified  or amended in  writing  from time to time  without  the  necessity  of
amending this Section of the Plan.

7.5      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

     At the  direction of the  Administrator,  the Trustee  shall,  from time to
time, in accordance  with the terms of the Plan,  make payments out of the Trust
Fund.  The Trustee shall not be  responsible  in any way for the  application of
such payments.

7.6      TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

     The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable  compensation as set forth in the
Trustee's fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in
writing by the Employer and the Trustee.  An  individual  serving as Trustee who
already receives full-time pay from the

                                       63
<PAGE>

Employer shall not receive compensation from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee
shall be reimbursed for any reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable counsel
fees incurred by it as Trustee.  Such  compensation  and expenses  shall be paid
from the Trust Fund unless paid or  advanced by the  Employer.  All taxes of any
kind and all kinds  whatsoever  that may be levied or assessed under existing or
future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof,  shall
be paid from the Trust Fund.

7.7       ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

     Within a reasonable  period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date
or receipt of the Employer's  contribution  for each Plan Year, the Trustee,  or
its agent,  shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator a written statement
of account  with respect to the Plan Year for which such  contribution  was made
setting forth:

          (a) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

          (b) the  gains,  or losses,  realized  by the Trust Fund upon sales or
     other disposition of the assets;

          (c) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;

          (d) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and

          (e) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems
     appropriate.  The  Employer,  forthwith  upon  its  receipt  of  each  such
     statement  of account,  shall  acknowledge  receipt  thereof in writing and
     advise the Trustee  and/or  Administrator  of its  approval or  disapproval
     thereof.  Failure by the  Employer  to  disapprove  any such  statement  of
     account  within thirty (30) days after its receipt  thereof shall be deemed
     an approval  thereof.  The  approval by the  Employer of any  statement  of
     account shall be binding as to all matters  embraced therein as between the
     Employer  and the  Trustee  to the same  extent  as if the  account  of the
     Trustee had been  settled by judgment or decree in an action for a judicial
     settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the
     Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the
     Plan were parties;  provided,  however, that nothing herein contained shall
     deprive the Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if
     the Trustee so desires.

7.8      AUDIT

     (a) If an audit of the Plan's  records shall be required by the Act and the
regulations  thereunder  for any Plan Year, the  Administrator  shall direct the
Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an independent  qualified public
accountant for that purpose.  Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books
and  records  of  the  Plan  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards,  within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish
to the  Administrator  and the Trustee a report of his audit  setting  forth his
opinion as to whether any statements,  schedules or lists,  that are required by
Act Section  103 or the  Secretary  of Labor to be filed with the Plan's  annual
report,  are presented fairly in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting
principles applied consistently.

                                       64
<PAGE>

     (b) All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the
election of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund.

     (c) If some or all of the information necessary to enable the Administrator
to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank,  insurance  company,  or
similar   institution,   regulated  and   supervised  and  subject  to  periodic
examination  by a state or federal  agency,  it shall  transmit  and certify the
accuracy of that  information  to the  Administrator  as provided in Act Section
103(b)  within one hundred  twenty  (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or
such other date as may be  prescribed  under  regulations  of the  Secretary  of
Labor.

7.9      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

     (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by delivering  to the  Employer,  at
least  thirty  (30) days  before its  effective  date,  a written  notice of his
resignation.

     (b) The  Employer  may remove the  Trustee  by  mailing  by  registered  or
certified  mail,  addressed to such Trustee at his last known address,  at least
thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of his removal.

     (c) Upon the death,  resignation,  incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, a
successor may be appointed by the Employer,  and such successor,  upon accepting
such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer,  shall, without
further act, become vested with all the estate, rights, powers, discretions, and
duties of his predecessor  with like respect as if he were originally named as a
Trustee herein.  Until such a successor is appointed,  the remaining  Trustee or
Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

     (d) The Employer may designate one or more  successors  prior to the death,
resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a successor is so
designated by the Employer and accepts such  designation,  the successor  shall,
without  further  act,  become  vested  with  all the  estate,  rights,  powers,
discretions,  and duties of his  predecessor  with the like effect as if he were
originally  named as Trustee  herein  immediately  upon the death,  resignation,
incapacity, or removal of his predecessor.

     (e)  Whenever  any  Trustee  hereunder  ceases  to serve as such,  he shall
furnish to the Employer and  Administrator  a written  statement of account with
respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which he served as Trustee.  This
statement  shall be either  (i)  (included  as part of the annual  statement  of
account  for the Plan Year  required  under  Section  7.7 or (ii) set forth in a
special  statement.  Any such special statement of account should be rendered to
the  Employer no later than the due date of the annual  statement of account for
the Plan Year.  The  procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the
Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of
account  rendered  hereunder  and  approval by the  Employer of any such special
statement in the manner  provided in Section 7.7 shall have the same effect upon
the statement as the Employer's  approval of an annual statement of account.  No
successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or  responsibility  to  investigate
the acts or  transactions  of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of
account required by Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

                                       65
<PAGE>

7.10     TRANSFER OF INTEREST

     Notwithstanding  any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at
the direction of the Administrator  shall transfer the Vested interest,  if any,
of such  Participant  in his account to another trust forming part of a pension,
profit  sharing,  or stock  bonus  plan  maintained  by such  Participant's  new
employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the requirements
of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made
permits the transfer to be made.

     (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, with respect
to distributions  made after December 31, 1992, a Participant shall be permitted
to elect to have any "eligible rollover distribution" transferred directly to an
"eligible  retirement  plan" specified by the  Participant.  The Plan provisions
otherwise  applicable to distributions  continue to apply to the direct transfer
option.  The  Participant  shall,  in the  time  and  manner  prescribed  by the
Administrator,  specify the amount to be directly  transferred and the "eligible
retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any portion of a distribution which is
not transferred shall be distributed to the Participant.

     (b) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible rollover distribution"
means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially equal periodic
payments over the life or life  expectancy of the  Participant (or joint life or
joint life expectancies of the Participant and the designated  beneficiary) or a
distribution over a period certain of ten years or more.  Amounts required to be
distributed   under  Code   Section   401(a)(9)   are  not   eligible   rollover
distributions.  The direct transfer  option  described in subsection (a) applies
only to eligible rollover  distributions  which would otherwise be includible in
gross income if not transferred.

     (c) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible retirement plan" means
an  individual  retirement  account as  described  in Code  Section  408(a),  an
individual  retirement  annuity as described in Code Section 408(b),  an annuity
plan as described  in Code Section  403(a),  or a defined  contribution  plan as
described  in Code  Section  401(a)  which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

     (d) The election  described in subsection (a) also applies to the surviving
spouse after the Participant's  death;  however,  distributions to the surviving
spouse may only be transferred to an individual retirement account or individual
retirement  annuity.  For purposes of subsection  (a), a spouse or former spouse
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined
in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.

7.11     TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

     The Employer  agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee against any
and all claims, losses, damages,  expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur
in the exercise and  performance of the Trustee's  powers and duties  hereunder,
unless  the  same  are  determined  to be due to  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct.

                                       66
<PAGE>

7.12     EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

     The Trustee  shall be  empowered to acquire and hold  "qualifying  Employer
securities" and "qualifying  Employer real property," as those terms are defined
in the Act. However,  no more than 100%, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or
401(k)  Plan or 10%,  in the case of a Money  Purchase  Plan of the fair  market
value of all the  assets  in the  Trust  Fund  may be  invested  in  "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property."

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

8.1      AMENDMENT

     (a) The  Employer  shall  have the  right at any  time to amend  this  Plan
subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment which affects
the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee and Administrator may only
be made  with  the  Trustee's  and  Administrator's  written  consent.  Any such
amendment  shall become  effective as provided  therein upon its execution.  The
Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment
affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

     (b) The  Employer  may (1) change  the  choice of  options in the  Adoption
Agreement,  (2) add  overriding  language in the  Adoption  Agreement  when such
language  is  necessary  to  satisfy  Code  Sections  415 or 416  because of the
required  aggregation of multiple  plans,  and (3) add certain model  amendments
published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically  provide that their
adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan.
An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the
minimum  funding   requirement  under  Code  Section  412(d),   will  no  longer
participate  in this Regional  Prototype  Plan and will be considered to have an
individually designed plan.

         (c)  The  Employer  expressly  delegates  authority  to the  sponsoring
organization  of this Plan, the right to amend this Plan by submitting a copy of
the  amendment  to each  Employer  who has adopted  this Plan after first having
received a ruling or favorable  determination  from the Internal Revenue Service
that the Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and the Act.

     (d) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or permits
any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and
administration  expenses)  to be used for or diverted to any purpose  other than
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates;
or  causes  any  reduction  in  the  amount  credited  to  the  account  of  any
Participant;  or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or
become property of the Employer.

     (e) Except as permitted by Regulations  (including Regulation  1.411(d)-4),
no Plan amendment or transaction  having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as
a merger,  plan  transfer  or  similar  transaction)  shall be  effective  if it
eliminates  or reduces  any  "Section  411(d)(6)  protected  benefit" or adds or
modifies  conditions  relating to "Section  411(d)(6)W  protected  benefits" the
result of which is a further  restriction  on such benefit unless such protected
benefits are preserved  with respect to benefits  accrued as of the later of the
adoption date or effective date

                                       67
<PAGE>

of the amendment.  "Section 41l(d)(6) protected benefits" are benefits described
in Code Section  41l(d)(6)(A),  early  retirement  benefits and  retirement-type
subsidies, and optional forms of benefit.

8.2      TERMINATION

     (a) The Employer  shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by
delivering to the Trustee and Administrator  written notice of such termination.
Upon any full or  partial  termination  all  amounts  credited  to the  affected
Participants'   Combined  Accounts  shall  become  100%  Vested  and  shall  not
thereafter  be subject  to  forfeiture,  and all  unallocated  amounts  shall be
allocated to the accounts of all  Participants in accordance with the provisions
hereof.

     (b) Upon the full  termination  of the Plan,  the Employer shall direct the
distribution  of the assets to Participants in a manner which is consistent with
and satisfies  the  provisions  of Section 6.5.  Distributions  to a Participant
shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) or
through the purchase of irrevocable  nontransferable  deferred  commitments from
the Insurer.  Except as permitted by  Regulations,  the  termination of the Plan
shall not result in the reduction of "Section 411(d)(6)  protected  benefits" as
described in Section 8.1.

8.3      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

     This  Plan  may be  merged  or  consolidated  with,  or its  assets  and/or
liabilities  may be  transferred  to any other plan only if the  benefits  which
would be received by a  Participant  of this Plan, in the event of a termination
of the plan immediately  after such transfer,  merger or  consolidation,  are at
least equal to the benefits the Participant  would have received if the Plan had
terminated  immediately  before the transfer,  merger or consolidation  and such
merger  or  consolidation  does  not  otherwise  result  in the  elimination  or
reduction of any "Section 41l(d)(6)  protected benefits" as described in Section
8.1(e).

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.1      EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

     (a) Any  organization  may become the Employer  hereunder by executing  the
Adoption  Agreement in form  satisfactory  to the Trustee,  and it shall provide
such  additional  information  as the  Trustee may  require.  The consent of the
Trustee to act as such  shall be  signified  by its  execution  of the  Adoption
Agreement.

     (b) Except as  otherwise  provided  in this Plan,  the  affiliation  of the
Employer and the  participation of its Participants  shall be separate and apart
from that of any other employer and its participants hereunder.

9.2      PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

     This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer
and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment
of any Participant or

                                       68
<PAGE>

Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant
or  Employee  the right to be  retained  in the  service of the  Employer  or to
interfere  with the  right of the  Employer  to  discharge  any  Participant  or
Employee at any time  regardless of the effect which such  discharge  shall have
upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

9.3      ALIENATION

     (a) Subject to the  exceptions  provided  below,  no benefit which shall be
payable to any person  (including a  Participant  or his  Beneficiary)  shall be
subject in any manner to anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer,  assignment,
pledge, encumbrance,  or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,  alienate, sell,
transfer,  assign,  pledge,  encumber,  or charge the same shall be void; and no
such  benefit  shall in any  manner be liable  for,  or  subject  to, the debts,
contracts,  liabilities,  engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it
be subject to attachment  or legal  process for or against such person,  and the
same shall not be recognized except to such extent as may be required by law.

         (b) This  provision  shall not  apply to the  extent a  Participant  or
Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, for any reason, under any provision of this
Plan.  At the time a  distribution  is to be made to or for a  Participant's  or
Beneficiary's  benefit, such proportion of the amount to be distributed as shall
equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the Plan, to apply against or discharge
such  indebtedness.  Prior to making a  payment,  however,  the  Participant  or
Beneficiary  must  be  given  written  notice  by the  Administrator  that  such
indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from his  Participant's  Combined
Account.  If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness
is a valid claim against his Vested Participant's  Combined Account, he shall be
entitled to a review of the validity of the claim in accordance  with procedures
provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13.

     (c) This  provision  shall not  apply to a  "qualified  domestic  relations
order" defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders
permitted  to be so treated by the  Administrator  under the  provisions  of the
Retirement  Equity Act of 1984.  The  Administrator  shall  establish  a written
procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic  relations orders and to
administer  distributions  under such qualified orders.  Further,  to the extent
provided  under a "qualified  domestic  relations  order," a former  spouse of a
Participant  shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes
under the Plan.

9.4      CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

     This Plan and Trust shall be construed  and  enforced  according to the Act
and the laws of the  State or  Commonwealth  in which the  Employer's  principal
office is located,  other than its laws respecting  choice of law, to the extent
not pre-empted by the Act.

9.5      GENDER AND NUMBER

     Wherever  any words are used  herein in the  masculine,  feminine or neuter
gender,  they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply,  and  whenever any words are used herein
in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also
used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.

                                       69
<PAGE>

9.6      LEGAL ACTION

     In the event any claim,  suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust
and/or Plan established  hereunder to which the Trustee or the Administrator may
be a party,  and such claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is resolved in favor of the
Trustee or Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust
Fund for any and all  costs,  attorney's  fees,  and other  expenses  pertaining
thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.

9.7      PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

     (a) Except as provided below and otherwise  specifically  permitted by law,
it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust,  by termination
of  either,  by  power of  revocation  or  amendment,  by the  happening  of any
contingency,  by collateral  arrangement or by any other means,  for any part of
the corpus or income of any Trust Fund  maintained  pursuant  to the Plan or any
funds  contributed  thereto to be used for, or diverted to,  purposes other than
the  exclusive  benefit  of  Participants,   Retired   Participants,   or  their
Beneficiaries.

     (b) In the event the Employer shall make a contribution  under a mistake of
fact  pursuant  to Section  403(c)(2)(A)  of the Act,  the  Employer  may demand
repayment of such  contribution  at any time within one (1) year  following  the
time of payment and the Trustees shall return such amount to the Employer within
the one (1) year period.  Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contributions
may not be returned to the  Employer  but any losses  attributable  thereto must
reduce the amount so returned.

9.8      BONDING

     Every Fiduciary,  except a bank or an insurance company, unless exempted by
the Act and regulations  thereunder,  shall be bonded in an amount not less than
10% of the amount of the funds such Fiduciary handles;  provided,  however, that
the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond,  $500,000.  The amount of
funds  handled  shall be  determined  at the  beginning of each Plan Year by the
amount of funds handled by such person,  group, or class to be covered and their
predecessors,  if any,  during  the  preceding  Plan  Year,  or if  there  is no
preceding  Plan Year,  then by the amount of the funds to be handled  during the
then current  year.  The bond shall  provide  protection to the Plan against any
loss by  reason  of acts of fraud or  dishonesty  by the  Fiduciary  alone or in
connivance with others.  The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as such
term is used in Act Section 412(a)(2)), and the bond shall be in a form approved
by the Secretary of Labor. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
the cost of such bonds  shall be an expense of and may,  at the  election of the
Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

9.9      EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     Neither  the  Employer  nor the  Trustee,  nor their  successors,  shall be
responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure
on the part of the Insurer to make payments  provided by any such  Contract,  or
for the action of any person which may delay  payment or render a Contract  null
and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

                                       70
<PAGE>

9.10     INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     The  Insurer  who  shall  issue  Contracts  hereunder  shall  not  have any
responsibility  for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of
this  Plan.  The  Insurer  shall be  protected  and held  harmless  in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee,  and shall have no duty to
see to the  application  of any funds paid to the  Trustee,  nor be  required to
question any actions  directed by the Trustee.  Regardless  of any  provision of
this Plan,  the  Insurer  shall not be  required to take or permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege  contrary to the terms of any  Contract  which it
issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

9.11     RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

     Any payment to any Participant,  his legal representative,  Beneficiary, or
to any guardian or committee  appointed for such  Participant  or Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in
full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer.

9.12     ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

     Whenever the Employer  under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required
to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a
person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

9.13     NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

     The  "named  Fiduciaries"  of  this  Plan  are (1)  the  Employer,  (2) the
Administrator,  (3)  the  Trustee,  and  (4) any  Investment  Manager  appointed
hereunder.  The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan.
In  general,  the  Employer  shall have the sole  responsibility  for making the
contributions  provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the sole authority
to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan's
"funding  policy  and  method";  and to amend  the  elective  provisions  of the
Adoption   Agreement  or  terminate,   in  whole  or  in  part,  the  Plan.  The
Administrator  shall have the sole  responsibility for the administration of the
Plan, which  responsibility  is specifically  described in the Plan. The Trustee
shall have the sole  responsibility  of  management of the assets held under the
Trust,  except those  assets,  the  management  of which has been assigned to an
Investment  Manager,  who shall be solely  responsible for the management of the
assets  assigned to it, all as  specifically  provided  in the Plan.  Each named
Fiduciary warrants that any directions given,  information furnished,  or action
taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan,  authorizing
or providing for such direction,  information or action. Furthermore, each named
Fiduciary  may rely upon any such  direction,  information  or action of another
named  Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan,  and is not required  under the
Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action.
It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for
the proper exercise of its own powers, duties,  responsibilities and obligations
under the Plan. No named  Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner
against  investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may
serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

                                       71
<PAGE>

9.14     HEADINGS

     The  headings  and   subheadings  of  this  Plan  have  been  inserted  for
convenience  of  reference  and are to be  ignored  in any  construction  of the
provisions hereof.

9.15     APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

     (a)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  if,  pursuant to a
timely  application  filed by or in  behalf  of the Plan,  the  Commissioner  of
Internal Revenue Service or his delegate should determine that the Plan does not
initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such
determination is not contested,  or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the
Plan is a new plan,  it shall be void ab initio and all amounts  contributed  to
the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one year
and the Plan shall  terminate,  and the  Trustee  shall be  discharged  from all
further obligations.  If the  disqualification  relates to an amended plan, then
the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended and restated.

     (b) Except as  specifically  stated in the Plan,  any  contribution  by the
Employer  to the  Trust  Fund  is  conditioned  upon  the  deductibility  of the
contribution  by the  Employer  under  the  Code  and,  to the  extent  any such
deduction is disallowed,  the Employer may within one (1) year following a final
determination  of the  disallowance,  whether  by  agreement  with the  Internal
Revenue  Service  or by final  decision  of a court of  competent  jurisdiction,
demand  repayment of such disallowed  contribution  and the Trustee shall return
such contribution  within one (1) year following the  disallowance.  Earnings of
the Plan  attributable  to the excess  contribution  may not be  returned to the
Employer,  but any  losses  attributable  thereto  must  reduce  the  amount  so
returned.

9.16     UNIFORMITY

     All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted  and applied in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner.

9.17     PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     Benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to Section 6.10 and Section
6.11  only  upon  death,  Total  and  Permanent  Disability,   normal  or  early
retirement, termination of employment, or upon Plan Termination.

                                    ARTICLE X
                             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

10.1     ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

     Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  with the consent of the
Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan and all of the
provisions  hereof,  and  participate  herein  and be known  as a  Participating
Employer,  by a properly  executed  document  evidencing said intent and will of
such Participating Employer.

                                       72
<PAGE>

10.2     REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

     (a) Each  Participating  Employer  shall be  required  to  select  the same
Adoption  Agreement  provisions as those selected by the Employer other than the
Plan Year, the Fiscal Year,  and such other items that must, by necessity,  vary
among employers.

     (b) Each such  Participating  Employer  shall be  required  to use the same
Trustee as provided in this Plan.

     (c) The Trustee  may,  but shall not be required  to,  commingle,  hold and
invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating  Employers,  as
well as all increments thereof.

     (d) The transfer of any Participant from or to an Employer participating in
this  Plan,  whether  he be an  Employee  of  the  Employer  or a  Participating
Employer,  shall not affect such  Participant's  rights under the Plan,  and all
amounts  credited  to  such  Participant's  Combined  Account  as  well  as  his
accumulated  service time with the transferor or predecessor,  and his length of
participation in the Plan, shall continue to his credit.

     (e) Any  expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer or borne
by the  Trust  Fund  shall be paid by each  Participating  Employer  in the same
proportion  that the total  amount  standing  to the credit of all  Participants
employed  by such  Employer  bears to the total  standing  to the  credit of all
Participants.

10.3     DESIGNATION OF AGENT

     Each  Participating  Employer  shall be deemed  to be a part of this  Plan;
provided,  however,  that with respect to all of its relations  with the Trustee
and  Administrator  for the purpose of this Plan,  each  Participating  Employer
shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent. Unless
the context of the Plan clearly  indicates  the  contrary,  the word  "Employer"
shall be deemed  to  include  each  Participating  Employer  as  related  to its
adoption of the Plan.

10.4     EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

     It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred between Participating
Employers,  and in the event of any such transfer,  the Employee  involved shall
carry with him his accumulated  service and eligibility.  No such transfer shall
effect a termination of employment hereunder,  and the Participating Employer to
which the Employee is transferred  shall thereupon  become  obligated  hereunder
with  respect  to such  Employee  in the same  manner  as was the  Participating
Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

10.5     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

     Any contribution or Forfeiture  subject to allocation during each Plan Year
shall be allocated  among all  Participants  of all  Participating  Employers in
accordance  with the  provisions of this Plan.  On the basis of the  information
furnished  by the  Administrator,  the  Trustee  shall keep  separate  books and
records concerning the affairs of each  Participating  Employer hereunder and as
to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The
Trustee

                                       73
<PAGE>

may,  but need not,  register  Contracts  so as to  evidence  that a  particular
Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in the event of
an Employee transfer from one Participating  Employer to another,  the employing
Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee thereof.

10.6     AMENDMENT

     Amendment  of this Plan by the  Employer  at any time when there shall be a
Participating Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action of each and
every  Participating  Employer  and with the consent of the  Trustee  where such
consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

10.7     DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

     Except in the case of a Standardized Plan, any Participating Employer shall
be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan at any time.
At the time of any such  discontinuance  or  revocation,  satisfactory  evidence
thereof and of any  applicable  conditions  imposed  shall be  delivered  to the
Trustee. The Trustee shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and
other Trust Fund assets  allocable  to the  Participants  of such  Participating
Employer to such new Trustee as shall have been designated by such Participating
Employer,  in the event that it has established a separate  pension plan for its
Employees provided,  however,  that no such transfer shall be made if the result
is the elimination or reduction of any "Section 411 (d)(6)  protected  benefits"
in accordance  with Section 8.1(e).  If no successor is designated,  the Trustee
shall  retain  such  assets for the  Employees  of said  Participating  Employer
pursuant to the  provisions  of Article  VII hereof.  In no such event shall any
part  of  the  corpus  or  income  of the  Trust  Fund  as it  relates  to  such
Participating  Employer be used for or diverted for purposes  other than for the
exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Participating Employer.

10.8     ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY

     The Administrator  shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules
or regulations,  binding upon all Participating  Employers and all Participants,
to effectuate the purpose of this Article.

10.9     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

     If any Participating  Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making
a  contribution  which it would  otherwise have made under the Plan by reason of
having no current or accumulated  earnings or profits,  or because such earnings
or profits are less than the  contribution  which it would  otherwise have made,
then, pursuant to Code Section  404(a)(3)(B),  so much of the contribution which
such  Participating  Employer was so prevented  from making may be made, for the
benefit of the participating  employees of such Participating Employer, by other
Participating  Employers who are members of the same affiliated group within the
meaning  of Code  Section  1504 to the extent of their  current  or  accumulated
earnings  or  profits,   except  that  such  contribution  by  each  such  other
Participating  Employer  shall be limited to the proportion of its total current
and  accumulated   earnings  or  profits  remaining  after  adjustment  for  its
contribution  to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph  which the total
prevented  contribution  bears to the total current and accumulated  earnings or
profits of all the  Participating

                                       74
<PAGE>

Employers  remaining  after  adjustment for all  contributions  made to the Plan
without regard to this paragraph.

     A  Participating  Employer on behalf of whose  employees a contribution  is
made under this  paragraph  shall not be required to reimburse the  contributing
Participating Employers.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                           CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

     Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary,  the provisions
of this Article shall apply with respect to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

     Notwithstanding  anything in this Article to the contrary,  effective as of
the Plan Year in which this amendment  becomes  effective,  the Actual  Deferral
Percentage  Test and the Actual  Contribution  Percentage  Test shall be applied
(and adjusted) by applying the Family Member  aggregation  rules of Code Section
414(q)(6).

11.1     FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

          (a)  The  amount  of  the  total  salary  reduction  elections  of all
     Participants made pursuant to Section 11.2(a), which amount shall be deemed
     an Employer's Elective Contribution, plus

          (b)  If  specified  in  E3  of  the  Adoption  Agreement,  a  matching
     contribution equal to the percentage specified in the Adoption Agreement of
     the  Deferred  Compensation  of each  Participant  eligible to share in the
     allocations of the matching  contribution,  which amount shall be deemed an
     Employer's  Non-Elective  or  Elective  Contribution  as  selected  in  the
     Adoption Agreement, plus

          (c) If  specified  in E4 of the Adoption  Agreement,  a  discretionary
     amount,   if  any,  which  shall  be  deemed  an  Employer's   Non-Elective
     Contribution, plus

          (d)  If  specified  in E5  of  the  Adoption  Agreement,  a  Qualified
     Non-Elective Contribution.

          (e)   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   however,   the   Employer's
     contributions  for any Fiscal  Year shall not  exceed  the  maximum  amount
     allowable  as a deduction  to the  Employer  under the  provisions  of Code
     Section 404. All  contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in
     such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

          (f) Except,  however, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy
     minimum  allocations,  the Employer  shall make a  contribution  even if it
     exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount which is deductible
     under Code Section 404.

          (g)  Employer  Elective  Contributions   accumulated  through  payroll
     deductions  shall be paid to the Trustee as of the  earliest  date on which
     such contributions can

                                       75
<PAGE>

     reasonably be segregated  from the Employer's  general  assets,  but in any
     event  within  ninety (90) days from the date on which such  amounts  would
     otherwise  have been payable to the  Participant in cash. The provisions of
     Department  of Labor  regulations  2510.3-102  are  incorporated  herein by
     reference.  Furthermore,  any additional  Employer  contributions which are
     allocable to the  Participant's  Elective  Account for a Plan Year shall be
     paid  to the  Plan  no  later  than  the  twelve-month  period  immediately
     following the close of such Plan Year.

11.2     PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

     (a) If selected in the Adoption  Agreement,  each  Participant may elect to
defer his Compensation  which would have been received in the Plan Year, but for
the  deferral  election,  subject to the  limitations  of this  Section  and the
Adoption Agreement. A deferral election (or modification of an earlier election)
may not be made with respect to Compensation which is currently  available on or
before the date the Participant executed such election,  or if later, the latest
of the date the Employer adopts this cash or deferred  arrangement,  or the date
such  arrangement  first became  effective.  Any elections made pursuant to this
Section shall become effective as soon as is administratively feasible.

     Additionally,  if elected in the Adoption  Agreement,  each Participant may
elect to defer and have  allocated  for a Plan Year all or a portion of any cash
bonus  attributable  to services  performed by the  Participant for the Employer
during such Plan Year and which would have been received by the  Participant  on
or before two and one-half months following the end of the Plan Year but for the
deferral. A deferral election may not be made with respect to cash bonuses which
are  currently  available on or before the date the  Participant  executed  such
election.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  cash bonuses attributable to services
performed by the Participant  during a Plan Year but which are to be paid to the
Participant later than two and one-half months after the close of such Plan Year
will be  subjected to whatever  deferral  election is in effect at the time such
cash bonus would have otherwise been received.

     The amount by which  Compensation  and/or cash bonuses are reduced shall be
that Participant's  Deferred Compensation and be treated as an Employer Elective
Contribution and allocated to that Participant's Elective Account.

     Once made, a Participant's  election to reduce Compensation shall remain in
effect until modified or terminated.  Modifications  may be made as specified in
the  Adoption  Agreement,  and  terminations  may  be  made  at  any  time.  Any
modification  or termination of an election will become  effective as soon as is
administratively feasible.

     (b) The  balance  in each  Participant's  Elective  Account  shall be fully
Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

     (c)  Amounts  held in the  Participant's  Elective  Account  and  Qualified
Non-Elective Account may be distributable as permitted under the Plan, but in no
event prior to the earlier of:

          (1) a  Participant's  termination of  employment,  Total and Permanent
     Disability, or death;

                                       76
<PAGE>

          (2) a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

          (3) the proven  financial  hardship of a  Participant,  subject to the
     limitations of Section 11.8;

          (4) the  termination  of the Plan without the existence at the time of
     Plan  termination  of another  defined  contribution  plan  (other  than an
     employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) or the
     establishment  of a  successor  defined  contribution  plan  (other than an
     employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(c)(7)) by the
     Employer or an Affiliated  Employer  within the period ending twelve months
     after distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer;

          (5) the date of the sale by the  Employer  to an entity that is not an
     Affiliated  Employer of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning
     of Code Section  409(d)(2))  with respect to a  Participant  who  continues
     employment with the corporation acquiring such assess; or

          (6) the date of the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer of
     its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3))
     to an  entity  that  is  not  an  Affiliated  Employer  with  respect  to a
     Participant who continues employment with such subsidiary.

     (d) In any Plan Year  beginning  after  December 31, 1986, a  Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  made under this Plan and all other  plans,  contracts or
arrangements  of the  Employer  maintaining  this  Plan  shall  not  exceed  the
limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect for the calendar year in
which such Plan Year began.  If such dollar  limitation is exceeded  solely from
elective  deferrals  made under this Plan or any other  Plan  maintained  by the
Employer,  a Participant  will be deemed to have notified the  Administrator  of
such  excess  amount  which shall be  distributed  in a manner  consistent  with
Section 11.2(f).  This dollar  limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to
the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

     (e) In the  event  a  Participant  has  received  a  hardship  distribution
pursuant to Regulation  1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B)  from any other plan maintained
by the Employer or from his  Participant's  Elective Account pursuant to Section
11.8,  then such  Participant  shall not be permitted to elect to have  Deferred
Compensation  contributed  to the Plan on his behalf for a period of twelve (12)
months  following  the  receipt  of the  distribution.  Furthermore,  the dollar
limitation  under Code  Section  402(g)  shall be reduced,  with  respect to the
Participant's  taxable  year  following  the taxable  year in which the hardship
distribution   was  made,   by  the  amount  of  such   Participant's   Deferred
Compensation,  if any, made pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan maintained
by the Employer) for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

     (f) If a Participant's  Deferred Compensation under this Plan together with
any elective  deferrals (as defined in Regulation  1.402(g)-1(b))  under another
qualified cash or deferred  arrangement (as defined in Code Section  401(k)),  a
simplified  employee  pension  (as  defined in Code  Section  408(k)),  a salary
reduction  arrangement  (within the meaning of Code

                                       77
<PAGE>

Section 3121(a)(5)(D)),  a deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, or
a trust described in Code Section 501(c)(18)  cumulatively exceed the limitation
imposed by Code Section  402(g) (as  adjusted  annually in  accordance  with the
method  provided  in Code  Section  415(d)  pursuant  to  Regulations)  for such
Participant's  taxable  year,  the  Participant  may,  not later  than March lst
following the close of his taxable year,  notify the Administrator in writing of
such  excess  and  request  that his  Deferred  Compensation  under this Plan be
reduced  by  an  amount  specified  by  the  Participant.  In  such  event,  the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute such excess amount (and any
Income  allocable to such excess amount) to the  Participant  not later than the
first  April  15th  following  the  close  of the  Participant's  taxable  year.
Distributions in accordance with this paragraph may be made for any taxable year
of the  Participant  which begins after December 31, 1986. Any  distribution  of
less than the entire amount of Excess Deferred  Compensation and Income shall be
treated as a pro rata  distribution of Excess Deferred  Compensation and Income.
The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant's  Deferred Compensation
under the Plan for the taxable year. Any  distribution on or before the last day
of the Participant's taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

          (1)  the  Participant  shall  designate  the  distribution  as  Excess
     Deferred Compensation;

          (2) the  distribution  must be made  after  the date on which the Plan
     received the Excess Deferred Compensation; and

          (3) the Plan must  designate the  distribution  as a  distribution  of
     Excess Deferred Compensation.

     Any  distribution  under this  Section  shall be made first from  unmatched
Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation
which is  matched  and  matching  contributions  which  relate to such  Deferred
Compensation.  However,  any such  matching  contributions  which are not Vested
shall be forfeited in lieu of being distributed.

     For the  purpose of this  Section,  "Income"  means the amount of income or
loss allocable to a  Participant's  Excess  Deferred  Compensation  and shall be
equal  to the sum of the  allocable  gain or loss  for the  taxable  year of the
Participant and the allocable gain or loss for the period between the end of the
taxable year of the Participant and the date of distribution ("gap period"). The
income or loss  allocable to each such period is  calculated  separately  and is
determined  by  multiplying  the income or loss  allocable to the  Participant's
Deferred Compensation for the respective period by a fraction.  The numerator of
the fraction is the Participant's  Excess Deferred  Compensation for the taxable
year of the Participant.  The denominator is the balance,  as of the last day of
the  respective   period,  of  the   Participant's   Elective  Account  that  is
attributable  to the  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  reduced by the gain
allocable to such total amount for the  respective  period and  increased by the
loss allocable to such total amount for the respective period.

     In lieu of the "fractional  method" described above, a "safe harbor method"
may be used to  calculate  the  allocable  income or loss for the "gap  period."
Under such "safe harbor method,"  allocable  income or loss for the "gap period"
shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the income or loss  allocable to a
Participant's  Excess  Deferred   Compensation  for  the  taxable  year  of

                                       78
<PAGE>

the Participant multiplied by the number of calendar months in the "gap period."
For purposes of determining the number of calendar months in the "gap period," a
distribution  occurring  on or before the  fifteenth  day of the month  shall be
treated  as  having  been  made on the last  day of the  preceding  month  and a
distribution  occurring after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having been
made on the first day of the next subsequent month.

     Income  or  loss  allocable  to  any   distribution   of  Excess   Deferred
Compensation  on or before the last day of the taxable  year of the  Participant
shall be calculated from the first day of the taxable year of the Participant to
the date on which the  distribution  is made pursuant to either the  "fractional
method" or the "safe harbor method."

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such  distribution  shall not include any income for
the "gap period".  Further  provided,  for any  distribution  under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991,  the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

     Notwithstanding  the above,  for the 1987 calendar year,  Income during the
"gap period" shall not be taken into account.

     (g) Notwithstanding the above, a Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation
shall  be   reduced,   but  not  below   zero,   by  any   distribution   and/or
recharacterization  of Excess Contributions  pursuant to Section 11.5(a) for the
Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant.

     (h) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such other  date when the  Participant
shall  be  entitled  to  receive   benefits,   the  fair  market  value  of  the
Participant's  Elective  Account  shall  be  used  to  provide  benefits  to the
Participant or his Beneficiary.

     (i) Employer  Elective  Contributions  made pursuant to this Section may be
segregated into a separate account for each  Participant in a federally  insured
savings  account,  certificate  of  deposit  in  a  bank  or  savings  and  loan
association,  money  market  certificate,  or  other  short-term  debt  security
acceptable to the Trustee until such time as the allocations pursuant to Section
11.3 have been made.

     (j) The Employer and the Administrator shall adopt a procedure necessary to
implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein.

11.3     ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

     (a) The  Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account in the name
of  each  Participant  to  which  the  Administrator  shall  credit  as of  each
Anniversary  Date, or other valuation  date, all amounts  allocated to each such
Participant as set forth herein.

     (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all  information
required by the  Administrator  to make a proper  allocation  of the  Employer's
contributions  for each Plan

                                       79
<PAGE>

Year.  Within a  reasonable  period  of time  after the date of  receipt  by the
Administrator  of  such  information,  the  Administrator  shall  allocate  such
contribution as follows:

          (1) With respect to the Employer's Elective Contribution made pursuant
     to Section  11.1(a),  to each  Participant's  Elective Account in an amount
     equal to each such Participant's Deferred Compensation for the year.

          (2) With respect to the Employer's Matching Contribution made pursuant
     to  Section  11.1(b),  to  each  Participant's  Account,  or  Participant's
     Elective Account as selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, in accordance
     with Section 11.1(b).

     Except,  however,  a Participant who is not credited with a Year of Service
     during  any Plan Year shall or shall not share in the  Employer's  Matching
     Contribution  for that year as  provided in E3 of the  Adoption  Agreement.
     However,  for Plan Years  beginning  after 1989, if this is a  standardized
     Plan, a Participant  shall share in the  Employer's  Matching  Contribution
     regardless of Hours of Service.

          (3) With  respect to the  Employer's  Non-Elective  Contribution  made
     pursuant to Section 11.1(c),  to each  Participant's  Account in accordance
     with the  provisions  of Sections  4.3(b)(2)  or  4.3(b)(3),  whichever  is
     applicable, 4.3(k) and 4.3(l).

          (4) With respect to the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
     made  pursuant  to  Section  11.l(d),   to  each  Participant's   Qualified
     Non-Elective  Contribution  Account in the same  proportion  that each such
     Participant's  Compensation for the year bears to the total Compensation of
     all Participants for such year. However,  for any Plan Year beginning prior
     to  January  1,  1990,  and if  elected  in the  non-standardized  Adoption
     Agreement  for any Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January  1,  1990,  a
     Participant who is not credited with a Year of Service during any Plan Year
     shall not share in the Employer's Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution for
     that year,  unless required  pursuant to Section 4.3(h).  In addition,  the
     provisions  of Sections  4.3(k) and 4.3(l)  shall apply with respect to the
     allocation of the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective contribution.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1988, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has
received the required minimum allocation pursuant to Section 4.3(f) such Non-Key
Employee's Deferred Compensation and matching  contributions used to satisfy the
"Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  test pursuant to Section  11.4(a) or the "Actual
Contribution  Percentage"  test of  Section  11.6(a)  shall  not be  taken  into
account.

     (d)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,  participants  who
terminated  employment  during the Plan Year shall share in the salary reduction
contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to
the Hours of Service credited.

     (e)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary (other than Sections
11.3(d) and 11.3(g)),  any Participant who terminated employment during the Plan
Year for reasons other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement
shall  or  shall  not  share  in  the  allocations  of the  Employer's  Matching
Contribution  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b),  the  Employer's  Non-Elective
Contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(c),  the  Employer's

                                       80
<PAGE>

Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution  made  pursuant  to Section  11.1(d),  and
Forfeitures  as  provided  in  the.  Adoption  Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  for Plan Years beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized Plan,
any such terminated  Participant  shall share in such  allocations  provided the
terminated Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

     (f)   Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,   Participants
terminating for reasons of death, Total and Permanent Disability,  or retirement
shall share in the  allocation  of the  Employer's  Matching  Contribution  made
pursuant to Section  11.1(b),  the Employer's  Non-Elective  Contributions  made
pursuant to Section 11.1(c), the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective  Contribution
made pursuant to Section  11.1(d),  and  Forfeitures as provided in this Section
regardless of whether they completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

     (g) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary,
if this  is a  non-standardized  Plan  that  would  otherwise  fail to meet  the
requirements of Code Sections  401(a)(26),410(b)(1),  or 4l0(b)(2)(A)(1) and the
Regulations  thereunder because Employer matching Contributions made pursuant to
Section 11.1(b),  Employer  Non-Elective  Contributions made pursuant to Section
11.1(c) or  Employer  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  made  pursuant  to
Section 11.1(d) have not been allocated to a sufficient  number or percentage of
Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

          (1) The  group of  Participants  eligible  to share in the  respective
     contributions  for the Plan Year shall be  expanded  to include the minimum
     number of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are necessary
     to satisfy the applicable test specified above.  The specific  participants
     who shall become  eligible under the terms of this paragraph shall be those
     who are  actively  employed  on the  last day of the Plan  Year  and,  when
     compared to similarly  situated  Participants,  have completed the greatest
     number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

          (2) If after  application of paragraph (1) above,  the applicable test
     is still not satisfied,  then the group of  Participants  eligible to share
     for the Plan Year shall be further  expanded to include the minimum  number
     of Participants  who are not actively  employed on the last day of the Plan
     Year  as are  necessary  to  satisfy  the  applicable  test.  The  specific
     Participants   who  shall   become   eligible   to  share  shall  be  those
     Participants,  when compared to similarly situated  Participants,  who have
     completed  the greatest  number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year before
     terminating employment.

11.4     ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

     (a) Maximum Annual Allocation:  For each Plan Year beginning after December
31, 1986, the annual allocation derived from Employer Elective Contributions and
Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  to a Participant's  Elective Account and
Qualified Non-Elective Account shall satisfy one of the following tests:

          (1)  The  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the  Highly  Compensated
     Participant  group shall not be more than the "Actual Deferral  Percentage"
     of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group multiplied by 1.25, or

                                       81
<PAGE>

          (2) The  excess of the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the Highly
     Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the
     Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group  shall  not be  more  than  two
     percentage points.  Additionally,  the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the
     Highly Compensated  Participant group shall not exceed the "Actual Deferral
     Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated  Participant group multiplied by
     2. The provisions of Code Section  401(k)(3) and  Regulation  1.401(k)-1(b)
     are incorporated herein by reference.

          However,  for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to prevent
     the multiple use of the alternative  method described in (2) above and Code
     Section 401(m)(9)(A),  any Highly Compensated  Participant eligible to make
     elective   deferrals   pursuant  to  Section  11.2  and  to  make  Employee
     contributions or to receive matching contributions under this Plan or under
     any other plan  maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer shall
     have  his  actual   contribution   ratio  reduced  pursuant  to  Regulation
     1.401(m)-2, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

     (b) For the purposes of this Section "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  means,
with  respect  to  the  Highly  Compensated  Participant  group  and  Non-Highly
Compensated  Participant  group for a Plan  Year,  the  average  of the  ratios,
calculated  separately  for each  Participant  in such  group,  of the amount of
Employer  Elective  Contributions  and  Qualified   Non-Elective   Contributions
allocated to each  Participant's  Elective  Account and  Qualified  Non-Elective
Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant's "414(s) Compensation" for such
Plan Year.  The  actual  deferral  ratio for each  Participant  and the  "Actual
Deferral Percentage" for each group, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1988,  shall be  calculated to the nearest  one-hundredth  of one percent of the
Participant's "414(s) Compensation."  Employer Elective Contributions  allocated
to each Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant's Elective Account shall be reduced
by Excess Deferred Compensation to the extent such excess amounts are made under
this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer.

     (c) For the purpose of  determining  the actual  deferral ratio of a Highly
Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation rules of
Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is either a "five percent owner"
of the  Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid the
greatest "415 Compensation" during the year, the following shall apply:

          (1) The  combined  actual  deferral  ratio for the family group (which
     shall  be  treated  as one  Highly  Compensated  Participant)  shall be the
     greater  of: (i) the ratio  determined  by  aggregating  Employer  Elective
     Contributions and "414(s)  Compensation" of all eligible Family Members who
     are Highly Compensated  Participants  without regard to family aggregation;
     and  (ii)  the  ratio   determined   by   aggregating   Employer   Elective
     Contributions  and "414(s)  Compensation"  of all eligible  Family  Members
     (including  Highly  Compensated  Participants).  However,  in applying  the
     $200,000  limit to "414(s)  Compensation"  for Plan Years  beginning  after
     December  31,  1988,   Family  Members  shall  include  only  the  affected
     Employee's  spouse and any lineal  descendants who have not attained age 19
     before the close of the Plan Year.

                                       82
<PAGE>

          (2) The Employer Elective  Contributions and "414(s)  Compensation" of
     all Family  Members shall be disregarded  for purposes of  determining  the
     "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  of the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant
     group except to the extent taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

          (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member of more
     than one family group in a plan, all  Participants who are members of those
     family  groups that include the  Participant  are  aggregated as one family
     group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

     (d) For the purposes of this Section and Code  Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b)
and 401(k), if two or more plans which include cash or deferred arrangements are
considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section  401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other
than Code Section  401(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years beginning after
December 31,  1988),  the cash or deferred  arrangements  included in such plans
shall be treated as one arrangement.  In addition,  two or more cash or deferred
arrangements  may  be  considered  as  a  single  arrangement  for  purposes  of
determining  whether or not such arrangements  satisfy Code Sections  401(a)(4),
410(b) and 401(k). In such a case, the cash or deferred arrangements included in
such plans and the plans  including  such  arrangements  shall be treated as one
arrangement  and as one plan for  purposes  of this  Section  and Code  Sections
401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(k). For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989,
plans may be aggregated under this paragraph (e) only if they have the same plan
year.

     Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31,
1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section  4975(c)(7) may
not be combined with this Plan for purposes of determining  whether the employee
stock  ownership  plan or this Plan  satisfies  this  Section and Code  Sections
401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

     (e) For the purposes of this Section,  if a Highly Compensated  Participant
is a Participant under two (2) or more cash or deferred arrangements (other than
a cash or deferred arrangement which is part of an employee stock ownership plan
as defined in Code Section  4975(e)(7) for Plan Years  beginning  after December
31, 1988) of the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer,  all such cash or deferred
arrangements  shall be  treated  as one  cash or  deferred  arrangement  for the
purpose of  determining  the actual  deferral  ratio with respect to such Highly
Compensated  Participant.  However,  for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1988,  if the cash or deferred  arrangements  have  different  Plan Years,  this
paragraph shall be applied by treating all cash or deferred  arrangements ending
with or within the same calendar year as a single arrangement.

11.5     ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the  event  that the  initial  allocations  of the  Employer's  Elective
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions do not satisfy one of the
tests set forth in Section 11.4,  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31,
1986,  the  Administrator  shall  adjust  Excess  Contributions  pursuant to the
options set forth below:

          (a) On or before the  fifteenth  day of the third month  following the
     end of each Plan  Year,  the  Highly  Compensated  Participant  having  the
     highest   actual   deferral   ratio

                                       83
<PAGE>

     shall have his portion of Excess Contributions distributed to him and/or at
     his election  recharacterized as a voluntary Employee contribution pursuant
     to  Section  4.7  until  one of the  tests  set  forth in  Section  11.4 is
     satisfied,  or until his actual  deferral ratio equals the actual  deferral
     ratio of the Highly  Compensated  Participant  having  the  second  highest
     actual deferral  ratio.  This process shall continue until one of the tests
     set  forth  in  Section  11.4 is  satisfied.  For each  Highly  Compensated
     Participant,  the amount of Excess  Contributions  is equal to the Elective
     Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  made on behalf of
     such Highly Compensated Participant (determined prior to the application of
     this  paragraph)  minus the amount  determined  by  multiplying  the Highly
     Compensated   Participant's   actual  deferral  ratio   (determined   after
     application of this paragraph) by his "414(s)  Compensation."  However,  in
     determining  the amount of Excess  Contributions  to be distributed  and/or
     recharacterized with respect to an affected Highly Compensated  Participant
     as determined  herein,  such amount shall be reduced by any Excess Deferred
     Compensation  previously  distributed to such affected  Highly  Compensated
     Participant  for his taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year. Any
     distribution  and/or  recharacterization  of Excess  Contributions shall be
     made in accordance with the following:

               (1) With  respect  to the  distribution  of Excess  Contributions
          pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:

                    (i) may be  postponed  but not  later  than the close of the
               Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

                    (ii)   shall  be  made   first   from   unmatched   Deferred
               Compensation  and,   thereafter,   simultaneously  from  Deferred
               Compensation  which is matched and matching  contributions  which
               relate to such Deferred Compensation.  However, any such matching
               contributions  which are not Vested shall be forfeited in lieu of
               being distributed;

                    (iii)   shall   be   made   from   Qualified    Non-Elective
               Contributions only to the extent that Excess Contributions exceed
               the balance in the Participant's Elective Account attributable to
               Deferred Compensation and Employer matching contributions.

                    (iv) shall be adjusted for Income; and

                    (v) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
               Excess Contributions (and Income).

               (2)   With   respect   to  the   recharacterization   of   Excess
          Contributions pursuant to (a) above, such recharacterized amounts:

                    (i) shall be deemed  to have  occurred  on the date on which
               the last of those  Highly  Compensated  Participants  with Excess
               Contributions   to  be   recharacterized   is   notified  of  the
               recharacterization    and   the   tax    consequences   of   such
               recharacterization;



                                       84
<PAGE>

                    (ii) for Plan Years ending on or before August 8, 1988,  may
               be postponed but not later than October 24, 1988;

                    (iii) shall not exceed the amount of  Deferred  Compensation
               on  behalf of any  Highly  Compensated  Participant  for any Plan
               Year;

                    (iv) shall be treated as  voluntary  Employee  contributions
               for   purposes  of  Code   Section   401(a)(4)   and   Regulation
               401(k)-1(b).  However,  for  purposes of Sections 2.2 and 4.3(f),
               recharacterized  Excess  Contributions  continue to be treated as
               Employer contributions that are Deferred  Compensation.  For Plan
               Years  beginning  after December 31, 1988,  Excess  Contributions
               recharacterized   as  voluntary  Employee   contributions   shall
               continue   to  be   nonforfeitable   and   subject  to  the  same
               distribution rules provided for in Section 11.2(c);

                    (v) which relate to Plan Years  ending on or before  October
               24,  1988,  may be treated as either  Employer  contributions  or
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  and  therefore  shall  not be
               subject to the restrictions of Section 11.2(c);

                    (vi) are not  permitted if the amount  recharacterized  plus
               voluntary  Employee  contributions  actually  made by such Highly
               Compensated  Participant,  exceed the maximum amount of voluntary
               Employee  contributions   (determined  prior  to  application  of
               Section  11.6)  that  such  Highly  Compensated   Participant  is
               permitted   to  make   under   the   Plan  in  the   absence   of
               recharacterization;

                    (vii) shall be adjusted for Income.

               (3) Any distribution and/or  recharacterization  of less than the
          entire amount of Excess  Contributions  shall be treated as a pro rata
          distribution  and/or  recharacterization  of Excess  Contributions and
          Income.

               (4) The determination and correction of Excess Contributions of a
          Highly   Compensated   Participant  whose  actual  deferral  ratio  is
          determined under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as
          follows:

                    (i) If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly  Compensated
               Participant   is   determined   in   accordance    with   Section
               11.4(c)(1)(ii),  then the actual  deferral ratio shall be reduced
               as required  herein and the Excess  Contributions  for the family
               unit shall be allocated among the Family Members in proportion to
               the  Elective  Contributions  of each  Family  Member  that  were
               combined to determine the group actual deferral ratio.

                    (ii) If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly Compensated
               Participant is determined under Section  11.4(c)(1)(i),  then the
               actual deferral ratio shall first be reduced as required  herein,
               but not below the  actual  deferral  ratio of the group of Family
               Members  who  are not  Highly

                                       85
<PAGE>

               Compensated  Participants  without regard to family  aggregation.
               The Excess  Contributions  resulting from this initial  reduction
               shall be  allocated  (in  proportion  to Elective  Contributions)
               among  the  Highly   Compensated   Participants   whose  Elective
               Contributions  were  combined to  determine  the actual  deferral
               ratio.  If  further  reduction  is still  required,  then  Excess
               Contributions  resulting  from this  further  reduction  shall be
               determined by taking into account the contributions of all Family
               Members and shall be allocated  among them in proportion to their
               respective Elective Contributions.

     (b) Within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year,  the Employer
shall make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly
Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set
forth  in  Section  11.4(a).   Such  contribution  shall  be  allocated  to  the
Participant's  Qualified  Non-Elective  Account of each  Non-Highly  Compensated
Participant   in  the  same   proportion   that  each   Non-Highly   Compensated
Participant's  Compensation for the year bears to the total  Compensation of all
Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

     (c) For  purposes  of this  Section,  "Income"  means  the  income  or loss
allocable  to Excess  Contributions  which shall equal the sum of the  allocable
gain or loss for the Plan  Year and the  allocable  gain or loss for the  period
between the end of the Plan Year and the date of  distribution  ("gap  period").
The income or loss allocable to Excess  Contributions  for the Plan Year and the
"gap period" is  calculated  separately  and is determined  by  multiplying  the
income  or loss  for the  Plan  Year or the  "gap  period"  by a  fraction.  The
numerator of the  fraction is the Excess  Contributions  for the Plan Year.  The
denominator of the fraction is the total of the  Participant's  Elective Account
attributable  to  Elective   Contributions  and  the   Participant's   Qualified
Non-Elective Account as of the end of the Plan Year or the "gap period," reduced
by the gain allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period"
and  increased  by the loss  allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or
the "gap period."

     In lieu of the "fractional  method" described above, a "safe harbor method"
may be used to calculate the allocable  Income for the "gap period."  Under such
"safe harbor method,"  allocable  Income for the "gap period" shall be deemed to
equal ten percent (10%) of the Income allocable to Excess  Contributions for the
Plan Year of the Participant  multiplied by the number of calendar months in the
"gap period." For purposes of determining  the number of calendar  months in the
"gap  period," a  distribution  occurring on or before the  fifteenth day of the
month  shall be  treated  as having  been made on the last day of the  preceding
month and a distribution  occurring after such fifteenth day shall be treated as
having been made on the first day of the next subsequent month.

     Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan  Years  which  began in 1987,  Income
during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such  distribution  shall not include any Income for
the "`gap period".  Further  provided,  for any distribution  under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991,  the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section

                                       86
<PAGE>

4.3(c),  provided such method is used  consistently for all Participants and for
all such distributions for the Plan Year.

     (d) Any  amounts not  distributed  or  recharacterized  within 2 1/2 months
after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the 10%  Employer  excise tax
imposed by Code Section 4979.

11.6     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

     (a) The "Actual  Contribution  Percentage,"  for Plan Years beginning after
the later of the  Effective  Date of this Plan or  December  31,  1986,  for the
Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the greater of:

          (1) 125  percent of such  percentage  for the  Non-Highly  Compensated
     Participant group; or

          (2) the lesser of 200 percent of such  percentage  for the  Non-Highly
     Compensated  Participant  group,  or such  percentage  for  the  Non-Highly
     Compensated  Participant group plus 2 percentage points.  However, for Plan
     Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to prevent the multiple use of the
     alternative   method   described  in  this   paragraph   and  Code  Section
     401(m)(9)(A),  any Highly Compensated Participant eligible to make elective
     deferrals   pursuant  to  Section  11.2  or  any  other  cash  or  deferred
     arrangement  maintained  by the Employer or an  Affiliated  Employer and to
     make Employee  contributions or to receive matching contributions under any
     plan  maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer  shall have his
     actual  contribution ratio reduced pursuant to Regulation  1.401(m)-2.  The
     provisions  of  Code  Section  401(m)  and  Regulations  1.401(m)-1(b)  and
     1.401(m)-2 are incorporated herein by reference.

     (b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.7, "Actual Contribution
Percentage"  for a Plan Year  means,  with  respect  to the  Highly  Compensated
Participant group and Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group, the average of
the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in each group) of:

          (1)  the sum of  Employer  matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to
     Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching  contributions are not used to
     satisfy  the  tests  set  forth  in  Section  11.4),   voluntary   Employee
     contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.7  and  Excess  Contributions
     recharacterized  as voluntary  Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section
     11.5 on behalf of each such Participant for such Plan Year; to

          (2) the Participant's "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year.

     (c) For purposes of determining  the "Actual  Contribution  Percentage" and
the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions  pursuant to Section 11.7(d), only
Employer matching contributions  (excluding matching contributions  forfeited or
distributed pursuant to Section 11.2(f), 11.5(a), or 11.7(a)) contributed to the
Plan  prior to the end of the  succeeding  Plan  Year  shall be  considered.  In
addition,  the  Administrator  may elect to take into  account,  with respect to
Employees  eligible to have  Employer  matching  contributions  made pursuant to
Section 11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
allocated  to their  accounts,  elective  deferrals  (as  defined in  Regulation
1.402(g)-1(b))  and  qualified  non-elective

                                       87
<PAGE>

contributions (as defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)(C))  contributed to any plan
maintained by the Employer.  Such elective deferrals and qualified  non-elective
contributions  shall be treated as Employer  matching  contributions  subject to
Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(2) which is incorporated herein by reference.  However,
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the same
as the plan year of the plan to which the elective  deferrals  and the qualified
non-elective contributions are made.

     (d) For the  purpose  of  determining  the actual  contribution  ratio of a
Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is subject to the Family  Member  aggregation
rules of Code Section  414(q)(6) because such Employee is either a "five percent
owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly Compensated  Employees paid
the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year, the following shall apply:

          (1) The combined actual contribution ratio for the family group (which
     shall  be  treated  as one  Highly  Compensated  Participant)  shall be the
     greater  of: (i) the ratio  determined  by  aggregating  Employer  matching
     contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching
     contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 11.4),
     voluntary  Employee  contributions  made  pursuant to Section  4.7,  Excess
     Contributions  recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant
     to Section 11.5 and "414(s)  Compensation"  of all eligible  Family Members
     who  are  Highly   Compensated   Participants   without  regard  to  family
     aggregation; and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
     contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching
     contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 11.4),
     voluntary  Employee  contributions  made  pursuant to Section  4.7,  Excess
     Contributions  recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant
     to Section 11.5 and "414(s)  Compensation"  of all eligible  Family Members
     (including  Highly  Compensated  Participants).  However,  in applying  the
     $200,000  limit to "414(s)  Compensation"  for Plan Years  beginning  after
     December  31st,  1988,  Family  Members  shall  include  only the  affected
     Employee's  spouse and any lineal  descendants who have not attained age 19
     before the close of the Plan Year.

          (2) The  Employer  matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to Section
     11.1(b) (to the extent such matching  contributions are not used to satisfy
     the tests set forth in Section 11.4), voluntary Employee contributions made
     pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions  recharacterized as voluntary
     Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section 11.5 and "414(s) Compensation"
     of all Family Members shall be disregarded  for purposes of determining the
     "Actual Contribution  Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant
     group except to the extent taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

          (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member of more
     than one family group in a plan, all  Participants who are members of those
     family  groups that include the  Participant  are  aggregated as one family
     group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

     (e) For purposes of this Section and Code  Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b) and
401(m),  if two or more plans of the Employer to which  matching  contributions,
Employee  contributions,  or

                                       88
<PAGE>

both,  are made are treated as one plan for purposes of Code Sections  401(a)(4)
or  410(b)   (other  than  the  average   benefits   test  under  Code   Section
410(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988),
such plans shall be treated as one plan.  In addition,  two or more plans of the
Employer to which matching contributions,  Employee contributions,  or both, are
made may be considered as a single plan for purposes of  determining  whether or
not such plans satisfy Code  Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(m).  In such a
case,  the  aggregated  plans  must  satisfy  this  Section  and  Code  Sections
401(a)(4),410(b)  and 401(m) as though such aggregated plans were a single plan.
For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989,  plans may be aggregated under
this paragraph only if they have the same plan year.

     Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31,
1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section  4975(e)(7) may
not be  aggregated  with this  Plan for  purposes  of  determining  whether  the
employee  stock  ownership  plan or this Plan  satisfies  this  Section and Code
Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).

     (f) If a Highly Compensated  Participant is a Participant under two or more
plans (other than an employee  stock  ownership  plan as defined in Code Section
4975(c)(7)  for  Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1988)  which  are
maintained  by  the  Employer  or  an  Affiliated  Employer  to  which  matching
contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such contributions
on  behalf  of such  Highly  Compensated  Participant  shall be  aggregated  for
purposes  of   determining   such  Highly   Compensated   Participant's   actual
contribution ratio.  However,  for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988,
if the plans have  different  plan  years,  this  paragraph  shall be applied by
treating  all plans  ending  with or within the same  calendar  year as a single
plan.

     (g) For  purposes  of  Section  11.6(a)  and  11.7,  a  Highly  Compensated
Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated  Participant shall include any Employee
eligible  to have  matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(b)
(whether or not a deferred  election was made or  suspended  pursuant to Section
11.2(e))  allocated to his account for the Plan Year or to make salary deferrals
pursuant to Section 11.2 (if the Employer  uses salary  deferrals to satisfy the
provisions  of this  Section) or voluntary  Employee  contributions  pursuant to
Section 4.7 (whether or not voluntary Employee contributions are made) allocated
to his account for the Plan Year.

     (h) For purposes of this  Section,  "Matching  Contribution"  shall mean an
Employer  contribution  made to the Plan,  or to a  contract  described  in Code
Section  403(b),   on  behalf  of  a  Participant  on  account  of  an  Employee
contribution made by such Participant, or on account of a Participant's deferred
compensation, under a plan maintained by the Employer.

11.7     ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

     (a) In the event that for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, the
"Actual  Contribution  Percentage" for the Highly Compensated  Participant group
exceeds the "Actual  Contribution  Percentage"  for the  Non-Highly  Compensated
Participant  group pursuant to Section 11.6(a),  the Administrator (on or before
the fifteenth day of the third month  following the end of the Plan Year, but in
no event  later  than the close of the  following  Plan Year)  shall  direct the
Trustee to distribute to the Highly  Compensated  Participant having the highest
actual  contribution  ratio, his portion of Excess Aggregate  Contributions (and
Income  allocable  to such

                                       89
<PAGE>

contributions)  or, if  forfeitable,  forfeit such non-Vested  Excess  Aggregate
Contributions  attributable  to  Employer  matching  contributions  (and  Income
allocable  to such  Forfeitures)  until  either  one of the  tests  set forth in
Section 11.6(a) as is satisfied,  or until his actual  contribution ratio equals
the actual  contribution ratio of the Highly Compensated  Participant having the
second highest actual  contribution ratio. This process shall continue until one
of the tests set forth in Section 11.6(a) is satisfied.  The distribution and/or
Forfeiture  of Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  shall be made in the  following
order:

          (1)  Employer  matching  contributions  distributed  and/or  forfeited
     pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(1);

          (2) Voluntary Employee  contributions  including Excess  Contributions
     recharacterized  as voluntary  Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section
     11.5(a)(2);

          (3) Remaining Employer matching contributions.

     (b) Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution
of Excess Aggregate  Contributions and Income.  Distribution of Excess Aggregate
Contributions  shall be designated by the Employer as a  distribution  of Excess
Aggregate   Contributions   (and  Income).   Forfeitures  of  Excess   Aggregate
Contributions  shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3. However, no such
Forfeiture  may  be  allocated  to  a  Highly   Compensated   Participant  whose
contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section.

     (c) Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  attributable  to  amounts  other than
voluntary Employee  contributions,  including forfeited matching  contributions,
shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and
415 even if distributed from the Plan.

     (d) For the purposes of this Section and Section  11.6,  "Excess  Aggregate
Contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

          (1) the  aggregate  amount of  Employer  matching  contributions  made
     pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent  such  contributions  are taken
     into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions
     made  pursuant to Section  4.7,  Excess  Contributions  recharacterized  as
     voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and any Qualified
     Non-Elective   Contributions  or  elective  deferrals  taken  into  account
     pursuant  to  Section  11.6(c)  actually  made  on  behalf  of  the  Highly
     Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year, over

          (2) the  maximum  amount  of such  contributions  permitted  under the
     limitations of Section 11.6(a).

     (e) For each Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess Aggregate
Contributions  is  equal  to the  total  Employer  matching  contributions  made
pursuant  to Section  11.1(b)  (to the extent  taken into  account  pursuant  to
Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7,
Excess  Contributions   recharacterized  as  voluntary  Employee   contributions
pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and any  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or
elective  deferrals taken into account  pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of
the

                                       90
<PAGE>

Highly  Compensated  Participant  (determined  prior to the  application of this
paragraph)  minus the amount  determined by multiplying  the Highly  Compensated
Participant's  actual  contribution  ratio (determined after application of this
paragraph) by his "414(s)  Compensation." The actual  contribution ratio must be
rounded to the nearest  one-hundredth  of one  percent for Plan Years  beginning
after  December  31,  1988.  In no case  shall the  amount  of Excess  Aggregate
Contribution  with  respect to any  Highly  Compensated  Participant  exceed the
amount of Employer matching  contributions  made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to
the extent taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized
as voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section 11.5 and any Qualified
Non-Elective  Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to
Section 11.6(c) on behalf of such Highly  Compensated  Participant for such Plan
Year.

     (f) The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions with
respect  to any Plan Year  shall be made  after  first  determining  the  Excess
Contributions,  if any, to be treated as voluntary Employee contributions due to
recharacterization  for the plan year of any other  qualified  cash or  deferred
arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k))  maintained by the Employer that
ends with or within  the Plan Year or which are  treated as  voluntary  Employee
contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 11.5.

     (g) The determination and correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions of a
Highly  Compensated  Participant whose actual  contribution  ratio is determined
under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as follows:

          (1) If the  actual  contribution  ratio  for  the  Highly  Compensated
     Participant is determined in accordance with Section  11.6(d)(1),  then the
     actual  contribution  ratio  shall  be  reduced  and the  Excess  Aggregate
     Contributions  for the  family  unit  shall be  allocated  among the Family
     Members in proportion to the sum of Employer  matching  contributions  made
     pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account  pursuant to
     Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section
     4.7,   Excess   Contributions   recharacterized   as   voluntary   Employee
     contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5 and any  Qualified  Non-Elective
     Contributions or elective  deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section
     11.6(c) of each Family  Member that were  combined to  determine  the group
     actual contribution ratio.

          (2) If the  actual  contribution  ratio  for  the  Highly  Compensated
     Participant  is  determined  under  Section  11.6(d)(2),  then  the  actual
     contribution  ratio  shall first be reduced,  as required  herein,  but not
     below the actual  contribution ratio of the group of Family Members who are
     not Highly Compensated  Participants  without regard to family aggregation.
     The Excess Aggregate  Contributions  resulting from this initial  reduction
     shall be allocated among the Highly Compensated Participants whose Employer
     matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent
     taken  into  account  pursuant  to  Section  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee
     contributions   made   pursuant  to  Section  4.7,   Excess   Contributions
     recharacterized  as voluntary  Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section
     11.5 and any Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals
     taken into account  pursuant to Section  11.6(c) were combined to determine
     the actual contribution ratio. If further reduction is still required, then
     Excess Aggregate

                                       91
<PAGE>

     Contributions  resulting from this further reduction shall be determined by
     taking into account the  contributions  of all Family  Members and shall be
     allocated among them in proportion to their  respective  Employer  matching
     contributions  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent taken into
     account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions made
     pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions  recharacterized as voluntary
     Employee   contributions   pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and  any  Qualified
     Non-Elective   Contributions  or  elective  deferrals  taken  into  account
     pursuant to Section 11-6(c)

     (h)  Notwithstanding  the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of
the  Plan  Year,  the  Employer  may  make  a  special  Qualified   Non-Elective
Contribution  on  behalf of  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participants  in an amount
sufficient  to  satisfy  one of the  tests  set  forth  in  Section  11.6.  Such
contribution  shall be allocated  to the  Participant's  Qualified  Non-Elective
Account of each Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant in the same proportion that
each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the
total  Compensation  of all  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participants.  A  separate
accounting  shall be maintained for the purpose of excluding such  contributions
from the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests pursuant to Section 11.4.

     (i) For  purposes  of this  Section,  "Income"  means  the  income  or loss
allocable  to Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  which shall equal the sum of the
allocable  gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or loss for the
period  between  the end of the Plan  Year and the  date of  distribution  ("gap
period"). The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the
Plan Year and the "gap period" is  calculated  separately  and is  determined by
multiplying  the  income  or loss for the Plan  Year or the  "gap  period"  by a
fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is the Excess  Aggregate  Contributions
for the Plan Year. The  denominator  of the fraction is the total  Participant's
Account and Voluntary  Contribution  Account  attributable to Employer  matching
contributions  subject to Section 11.6,  voluntary  Employee  contributions made
pursuant  to Section  4.7,  and any  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  and
elective  deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) as of the end
of the Plan Year or the "gap  period,"  reduced  by the gain  allocable  to such
total  amount for the Plan Year or the "gap  period" and  increased  by the loss
allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period."

     In lieu of the "fractional  method" described above, a "safe harbor method"
may be used to calculate the allocable  Income for the "gap period."  Under such
"safe harbor method,"  allocable  Income for the "gap period" shall be deemed to
equal  ten  percent   (10%)  of  the  Income   allocable  to  Excess   Aggregate
Contributions  for the Plan Year of the Participant  multiplied by the number of
calendar  months in the "gap period." For purposes of determining  the number of
calendar  months in the "gap period," a distribution  occurring on or before the
fifteenth  day of the month shall be treated as having been made on the last day
of the preceding  month and a  distribution  occurring  after such fifteenth day
shall be  treated  as having  been made on the first day of the next  subsequent
month.

     The Income  allocable  to Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  resulting  from
recharacterization of Elective Contributions shall be determined and distributed
as if such recharacterized Elective Contributions had been distributed as Excess
Contributions.

                                       92
<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such  distribution  shall not include any Income for
the "gap period".  Further  provided,  for any  distribution  under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991,  the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

     Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan  Years  which  began in 1987,  Income
during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such  distribution  shall not include any Income for
the "gap period".  Further  provided,  for any  distribution  under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991,  the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

11.8     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

     (a) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the
Trustee to distribute to any  Participant  in any one Plan Year up to the lesser
of (1) 100% of his accounts as specified in the Adoption  Agreement valued as of
the last Anniversary Date or other valuation date or (2) the amount necessary to
satisfy  the  immediate  and  heavy  financial  need  of  the  Participant.  Any
distribution  made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the
first  day of the  Plan  Year or,  if  later,  the  valuation  date  immediately
preceding the date of distribution,  and the account from which the distribution
is made shall be reduced  accordingly.  Withdrawal  under this Section  shall be
authorized only if the distribution is on account of one of the following or any
other items permitted by the Internal Revenue Service:

          (1) Medical expenses  described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
     Participant,  his  spouse,  or any of his  dependents  (as  defined in Code
     Section  152) or expenses  necessary  for these  persons to obtain  medical
     care;

          (2)  The  purchase   (excluding  mortgage  payments)  of  a  principal
     residence for the Participant;

          (3) Payment of tuition and  related  educational  fees for the next 12
     months  of  post-secondary  education  for  the  Participant,  his  spouse,
     children, or dependents; or

          (4) The need to  prevent  the  eviction  of the  Participant  from his
     principal  residence or  foreclosure  on the mortgage of the  Participant's
     principal residence.

     (b) No such distribution shall be made from the Participant's Account until
such Account has become fully Vested.

     (c) No  distribution  shall be made  pursuant  to this  Section  unless the
Administrator,  based upon the Participant's representation and such other facts
as are  known  to  the  Administrator,  determines  that  all  of the  following
conditions are satisfied:

                                       93
<PAGE>

          (1) The  distribution  is not in excess of the amount of the immediate
     and  heavy  financial  need  of  the  Participant  (including  any  amounts
     necessary to pay any federal, state, or local taxes or penalties reasonably
     anticipated to result from the distribution);

          (2)  The  Participant  has  obtained  all  distributions,  other  than
     hardship distributions,  and all nontaxable loans currently available under
     all plans maintained by the Employer;

          (3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer,  provide
     that  the   Participant's   elective   deferrals  and  voluntary   Employee
     contributions  will be  suspended  for at least  twelve (12)  months  after
     receipt of the hardship distribution; and

          (4) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer,  provide
     that the Participant may not make elective  deferrals for the Participant's
     taxable  year  immediately  following  the  taxable  year  of the  hardship
     distribution  in excess of the  applicable  limit under Code Section 402(g)
     for such next taxable year less the amount of such  Participant's  elective
     deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

     (d)  Notwithstanding  the  above,   distributions  from  the  Participant's
Elective  Account and Qualified  Non-Elective  Account  pursuant to this Section
shall be  limited  solely to the  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  and any
income attributable thereto credited to the Participant's Elective Account as of
December 31, 1988.

     (e) Any  distribution  made  pursuant  to this  Section  shall be made in a
manner which is consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions of Section 6.5,
including,  but not  limited  to, all notice and  consent  requirements  of Code
Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.
<PAGE>
                             ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

                   PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                       STANDARDIZED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING
                                 PLAN AND TRUST
                            (WITH PAIRING PROVISIONS)

     The undersigned  Employer adopts the PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL  SERVICES,
INC.  Standardized  401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust for those Employees who
shall qualify as Participants hereunder, to be known as the

A1   Pinnacle Bank Profit Sharing Retirement Plan
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Enter Plan Name)

It shall be  effective  as of the date  specified  below.  The  Employer  hereby
selects the following Plan specifications:

CAUTION:  The failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may result in
disqualification of the Plan.

EMPLOYER INFORMATION

B1   Name of Employer      Pinnacle Bank
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           -----------------------------------------------------

B2   Address        1811 Second Avenue, Post Office Box 1388
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                    Jasper,             AL                      35502-1388
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                     City               State                     Zip

     Telephone    (205) 221-4111
                  -----------------------

B3   Employer Identification Number 63-0110181
                                    -------------------------------------

B4   Date Business Commenced        December 1935
                                    -----------------------------

B5   TYPE OF ENTITY

     a   (   )  S Corporation
     b   (   )  Professional Service Corporation
     c.  (X)    Corporation
     d.  (   )  Sole Proprietorship
     e.  (   )  Partnership
     f.  (   )  Other ___________________________________

     AND, is the Employer a member of ...
         g.     a controlled group?  (   ) Yes    (X) No
         h.     an affiliated service group? (   ) Yes    (X) No

Copyright 1997-R PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

<PAGE>

B6   NAME(S) OF TRUSTEE(S)

     a.  Al H. Simmons
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     b.  Thomas L. Sherer
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     c.  Robert B. Nolen, Jr.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     d.  Ann Davis
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     e.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
B7   TRUSTEES' ADDRESS

     a.  (X)    Use Employer Address

     b.  (   )
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Street
                ______________________________    ______________________________
                      City                  State                 Zip

B8   LOCATION OF EMPLOYER'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE:

     a.  (X) State     b. (   ) Commonwealth of     c.   Alabama   and this Plan
                                                         -------
         and Trust shall be governed under the same.

B9 EMPLOYER FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

     Commencing on a.  January 1st                    (e.g., January 1st) and
                       -------------------------------
                           month            day

     ending on b. December 31st                      .
                  -----------------------------------
                           month            day

                                       2
<PAGE>
PLAN INFORMATION

C1   EFFECTIVE DATE

     This Adoption Agreement of the PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  INC.
     Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust shall:

     a.  (   ) establish a new Plan and Trust effective as of __________
               (hereinafter called the "Effective Date").

     b.  (X)   constitute  an  amendment  and   restatement in its entirety of a
               previously  established  qualified Plan and Trust of the Employer
               which  was  effective  July  1,  1984  (hereinafter   called  the
               "Effective Date").  Except as specifically  provided in the Plan,
               the effective date of this  amendment and  restatement is January
               1, 1998 (For TRA '86 amendments, enter the first day of the first
               Plan Year beginning in 1989).

C2 PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

     Commencing on a.  January 1st                    (e.g., January 1st) and
                       -------------------------------
     ending on b. December 31st                      .
                  -----------------------------------
     IS THERE A SHORT PLAN YEAR?

         c. (X)     No

         d. (   )   Yes, beginning  _____________________________

                    and ending      _____________________________

C3 ANNIVERSARY DATE of Plan (Annual Valuation Date)

     a.  December 31st
         ______________________________________
               month       day

C4   PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer (select one)

     a.  (   )  001  b.  (X)  002  c. (   )  003  d.  (   )  Other -------------

                                       3
<PAGE>

C5   NAME OF PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  (Document provides for the Employer to appoint
     an  Administrator.   If  none  is  named,  the  Employer  will  become  the
     Administrator.)

     a.  (X)   Employer (Use Employer Address)

     b.  (   ) Name ____________________________________________________________

               Address     (   ) Use Employer Address

                         ---------------- ---------------------- ---------------
                            City               State                    Zip

               Telephone  _____________________________________

               Administrator's I.D. Number _________________________

C6 PLAN'S AGENT FOR SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS

     a.  (X)   Employer (Use Employer Address)

     b.  (   ) Name _______________________________________________________

               Address ____________________________________________________

                       ____________________________________________________

                                       4
<PAGE>

ELIGIBILITY, VESTING AND RETIREMENT AGE

D1   ELIGIBLE  EMPLOYEES  (Plan  Section 1.15) shall mean all Employees who have
     satisfied the eligibility requirements except those checked below:

     a.  (X)   N/A.  No exclusions.
     b.  (   ) Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining
               agreement  between the  Employer and  "employee  representatives"
               under which  retirement  benefits  were the subject of good faith
               bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives"
               does not include any organization more than half of whose members
               are  employees  who are owners,  officers,  or  executives of the
               Employer.
     c.  ( )   Employees  who  are  nonresident  aliens  who  received no earned
               income  (within  the meaning of Code  Section 911(d)(2) from  the
               Employer which constitutes income from sources within the  United
               States  (within  the  meaning of Code  Section 861(a)(3)).

     NOTE:     For purposes of this section, the term Employee shall include all
               Employees of this  Employer,  any  Affiliated  Employer,  and any
               leased employees deemed to be Employees under Code Section 414(n)
               or 414(o).

D2  HOURS OF SERVICE  (Plan  Section  1.31) will be determined on the  basis  of
               the  method  selected  below.  Only one  method  may be selected.
               The  method  selected  will  be applied  to all Employees covered
               under the Plan.

     a.  (X)   On  the  basis  of  actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
               entitled to payment.
     b.  (   ) On the basis of days worked.  An Employee will  be credited  with
               ten (10) Hours of Service if under the Plan such  Employee  would
               be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day.
     c.  (   ) On  the  basis  of  weeks  worked.  An  Employee will be credited
               forty-five (45) Hours of Service if under the Plan  such Employee
               would be credited with at least one (1) Hour  of  Service  during
               the week.
     d.  (   ) On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods.  An  Employee  will
               be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service  if  under the
               Plan  such  Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour
               of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.
     e.  (   ) On the basis of months worked.  An Employee will be credited with
               one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service if  under the Plan such
               Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of  Service
               during the month.

                                       5
<PAGE>

D3   CONDITIONS  OF  ELIGIBILITY  (Plan Section 3.1)
     (Check either a OR b and c, and if applicable, d)

     Any Eligible  Employee will be eligible to  participate in the Plan if such
     Eligible Employee has satisfied the service and age  requirements,  if any,
     specified below:

     a.  (   ) NO AGE OR SERVICE REQUIRED.

     b.  (X)   SERVICE REQUIREMENT. (may not exceed 1 year)

         1.    (   )None
         2.    (   )1/2 Year of Service
         3.    (X)  1 Year of Service
         4.    (   )Other ____

     NOTE:     If the Year(s) of Service  selected  is or includes a  fractional
               year,  an Employee will not be required to complete any specified
               number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such  fractional
               year. If expressed in Months of Service,  an Employee will not be
               required to complete any specified  number of Hours of Service in
               a particular month.

     c.  (X)   AGE REQUIREMENT. (may not exceed 21)

         1.    (   )N/A - No Age Requirement.
         2.    (X)  20 1/2
         3.    (   )21
         4.    (   )Other ____

     d.  (   ) FOR  NEW  PLANS  ONLY  -  Regardless  of  any of the above age or
               service requirements, any Eligible Employee  who  was employed on
               the  Effective  Date of the Plan shall be eligible to participate
               hereunder and shall enter the Plan as of such date.

D4   EFFECTIVE  DATE OF  PARTICIPATION  (Plan Section 3.2)
     An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of:

     a.  (   ) the first day of the Plan Year in which he met the requirements.
     b.  (   ) the  first day of the Plan Year in which he met the requirements,
               if  he  met  the  requirements  in the first 6 months of the Plan
               Year,  or as of the first day of the next succeeding Plan Year if
               he met the requirements in the last 6 months of the Plan Year.
     c.  (X)   the  earlier of the  first day of the  seventh month or the first
               day  of  the Plan Year coinciding with or next following the date
               on which he met the requirements.
     d.  (   ) the  first  day  of  the Plan  Year  next  following  the date on
               which he met the  requirements.  (Eligibility must be 1/2 Year of
               Service or less and age 20 1/2 or less.)
     e.  (   ) the first day of the month coinciding with or next following  the
               date on which he met the requirements.
     f.  (   ) Other:   _______________,  provided  that  an  Employee  who  has
               satisfied  the  maximum  age  and  service  requirements that are
               permissible in Section D3 above and who is otherwise  entitled to
               participate,  shall  commence  participation  no  later  than the
               earlier of (a) 6 months after such requirements are satisfied, or
               (b) the  first day of the first Plan Year after such requirements
               are satisfied,  unless the Employee separates from service before
               such participation date.

                                       6
<PAGE>

D5   VESTING OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST (Plan Section 6.4(b))

     The  vesting  schedule,  based on number of Years of  Service,  shall be as
follows:

     a.  (   ) 100% upon entering Plan.  (Required if eligibility requirement is
               greater than one (1) Year of Service.)

     b.  (   )    0-2 years        0%      c.  (   )    0-4 years          0%
                    3 years      100%                     5 years        100%

     d.  (X)      0-1 year         0%      e.  (   )      1 year          25%
                    2 years       20%                     2 years         50%
                    3 years       40%                     3 years         75%
                    4 years       60%                     4 years        100%
                    5 years       80%
                    6 years      100%

     f.  (   )      1 year        20%      g.  (   )    0-2 years          0%
                    2 years       40%                     3 years         20%
                    3 years       60%                     4 years         40%
                    4 years       80%                     5 years         60%
                    5 years      100%                     6 years         80%
                                                          7 years        100%

     h.  (   )      Other - Must be at least as liberal as either c or g above.

         Years of Service           Percentage

         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------

                                       7
<PAGE>

D6   FOR AMENDED  PLANS (Plan Section  6.4(f)) If the vesting  schedule has been
     amended to a less favorable schedule, enter the pre-amended schedule below:

     a. (X) Vesting  schedule has not been  amended or amended  schedule is more
favorable in all years.

     b.  (   ) Years of Service     Percentage

         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------
         ---------------------      --------------------

D7   TOP HEAVY VESTING  (Plan  Section  6.4(c)) If this Plan becomes a Top Heavy
     Plan, the following vesting schedule,  based on number of Years of Service,
     for such Plan Year and each succeeding  Plan Year,  whether or not the Plan
     is a Top Heavy Plan,  shall apply and shall be treated as a Plan  amendment
     pursuant to this Plan.  Once  effective,  this schedule shall also apply to
     any  contributions  made prior to the  effective  date of Code  Section 416
     and/or before the Plan became a Top Heavy Plan.

     a.  (X)  N/A (D5a, b, d, e or f was selected)

     b.  (   )    0-1 year          0%         c.  (   )    0-2 years         0%
                    2 years        20%                        3 years       100%
                    3 years        40%
                    4 years        60%
                    5 years        80%
                    6 years       100%


     NOTE:     This  section  does not  apply  to the  Account  balances  of any
               Participant  who does not have an Hour of Service  after the Plan
               has  initially  become  top  heavy.  Such  Participant's  Account
               balance  attributable to Employer  contributions  and Forfeitures
               will be determined without regard to this section.

                                       8
<PAGE>

D8   VESTING (Plan Section  6.4(h)) In determining  Years of Service for vesting
     purposes, Years of Service attributable to the following shall be EXCLUDED:

     a.  (   ) Service prior to the Effective Date of the      b. (X)  N/A.
               Plan or a predecessor plan.
     c.  (   ) Service prior to the time an Employee           d. (X)  N/A.
               attained age 18.

D9   PLAN SHALL RECOGNIZE SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER

     a.  (   ) No.

     b.  (X)   Yes:  Years  of  Service  with  First Federal of Alabama,  F.S.B.
               and with First General  Lending  Corporation  shall be recognized
               for the purpose of this Plan.

     NOTE:     If the  predecessor Employer maintained this qualified Plan, then
               Years  of  Service  with  such  predecessor  Employer  shall   be
               recognized pursuant to Section 1.74, and b. must be marked.

D10 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE ("NRA") (Plan Section 1.42) means:

     a.  (X)   the  date  a Participant attains his 65th birthday (not to exceed
               65th)

     b.  ( )   the  later  of  the  date a Participant attains his ____ birthday
               (not  to  exceed  65th)  or  the  c.  ___  (not  to  exceed  5th)
               anniversary   of  the  first  day  of  the  Plan  Year  in  which
               participation in the Plan commenced.

D11 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.43) shall commence:

     a.  (   ) as of the Participant's "NRA."

     OR (must select b. or c. AND 1. or 2.)

     b.  (   ) as of the first day of the month...
     c.  (X)   as of the Anniversary Date...
         1.    (X)  coinciding with or next following the Participant's "NRA."
         2.    ( )  nearest the Participant's "NRA."

D12 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.12) means the:

     a.  (   ) No Early Retirement provision provided.
     b.  (   ) date on which a Participant...
     c.  (   ) first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date
               on which a Participant...
     d.  (X)   Anniversary  Date  coinciding  with or next following the date on
               which a Participant...
     AND, if b, c or d was selected...
         1.    (X)  attains his 55 birthday  and has
         2.    (X)  completed  at least 10 Years of Service.

                                       9
<PAGE>

CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

E1 a. COMPENSATION (Plan Section 1.9) with respect to any Participant means:

         1.    ( )  Wages, tips and other Compensation on Form W-2.
         2.    (X)  Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding purposes).
         3.    ( )  415 safe-harbor compensation.

         AND COMPENSATION

         1.    ( )  shall
         2.    (X)  shall not

     exclude  (even if  includible  in  gross  income)  reimbursements  or other
     expense  allowances,  fringe benefits (cash or noncash),  moving  expenses,
     deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

     b.  COMPENSATION shall be

         1.    (X)  actually paid (must be selected if Plan is integrated)
         2.    ( )  accrued

     c. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION E1, Compensation shall be based on:

         1. (X)  the Plan Year.
         2. ( )  the Fiscal Year coinciding with or ending within the Plan Year.
         3. ( )  the Calendar Year coinciding with or ending within the Plan
                 Year.

     NOTE: The Limitation Year shall be the same as the year on which
           Compensation is based.

     d. However,  for an Employee's  first year of  participation,  Compensation
shall be recognized as of:

         1.    (X)  the first day of the Plan Year.
         2.    ( )  the date the Participant entered the Plan.

     e.  IN ADDITION, COMPENSATION and "414(s) Compensation"
         1.    ( ) shall 2. (X)  shall  not  include  compensation  which is not
               currently  includible in the Participant's gross income by reason
               of the application of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B),
               or 403(b).

E2   SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT - ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION
     (Plan  Section  11.2)  Each  Employee  may  elect to have his  Compensation
     reduced by:

     a.  ( )  __%
     b.  ( )  up to __%
     c.  ( )  from __% to __%
     d.  (X)  up to the maximum percentage allowable not to exceed the limits of
              Code Sections 401(k), 404 and 415.

     AND...

                                       10
<PAGE>

     e.  (X)  A  Participant  may  elect  to  commence  salary  reductions as of
              January  1st & July 1st  (ENTER AT  LEAST ONE DATE OR  PERIOD).  A
              Participant  may  modify the  amount  of salary  reductions  as of
              January 1st & July 1st (ENTER AT LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD).

     AND...

     Shall cash  bonuses paid within 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year
     be subject to the salary reduction election?

     f.  ( )   Yes
     g.  (X)   No

                                       11
<PAGE>

E3   FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
     (Plan Section 11.1(b))

     a.  ( )  N/A.  There shall be no matching contributions.
     b.  ( )  The Employer shall make matching contributions equal to ___% (e.g.
              50%) of the Participant's salary reductions.
     c.  (X)  The  Employer  may   make   matching  contributions  equal  to   a
              discretionary percentage, to be determined by the Employer, of the
              Participant's salary reductions.
     d.  ( )  The Employer shall make matching contributions equal to the sum of
              ____% of the portion of the Participant's salary  reduction  which
              does not exceed ____% of the Participant's Compensation plus ____%
              of the portion of the Participant's salary reduction which exceeds
              ____% of the Participant's Compensation, but does not exceed ____%
              of the Participant's Compensation.
     e.  ( )  The  Employer  shall  make  matching  contributions  equal  to the
              percentage determined under the following schedule:

               Participant's Total          Matching
                 Years of Service           Percentage

               -------------                 ---------
               -------------                 ---------
               -------------                 ---------

FOR PLANS WITH MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

     f.  (X)  Matching  contributions g. ( ) shall h. (X) shall not be used   in
              satisfying the deferral percentage  tests.  (If used, full vesting
              and  restrictions on withdrawals will apply and the match  will be
              deemed to be an Elective Contribution).
     i.  (X)  For Plan Years  beginning prior to 1990, a Year of Service i.  ( )
              shall  j.  (X)  shall  not  be  required  in order to share in the
              matching  contributions.  For Plan Years  beginning after 1989,  a
              Year of  Service  shall not be  required  in order to share in the
              matching contributions.
     k.  (X)  In determining matching contributions, only salary  reductions  up
              to 6% of a Participant's Compensation will be matched. l. (  ) N/A
     m.  ( )  The matching contribution made  on behalf of a Participant for any
              Plan Year shall not exceed $___.   n.  (X)  N/A
     o.  (X)   Matching contributions shall be made on behalf of
         1.    (X)  all Participants.
         2.    ( )  only Non-Highly Compensated Employees.
     p.  ( )  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all matching
              contributions which relate  to distributions  of  Excess  Deferred
              Compensation,   Excess   Contributions,   and   Excess   Aggregate
              Contributions shall be Forfeited.  (Select this option only if  it
              is applicable.)

                                       12
<PAGE>

E4   WILL A  DISCRETIONARY  EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTION  BE  PROVIDED  (OTHER  THAN A
     DISCRETIONARY  MATCHING  OR  QUALIFIED  NON-ELECTIVE   CONTRIBUTION)  (Plan
     Section 11.1(c))?

     a.  ( )   No.

     b.  ( )   Yes, the Employer may make  a  discretionary  contribution out of
               its current or accumulated Net Profit.
     c.  (X)   Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution which  is
               not limited to its current or accumulated Net Profit.

     IF  YES  (b.  or  c.  is  selected  above),  the  Employer's  discretionary
     contribution shall be allocated as follows:

     d.  ( )   FOR A NON-INTEGRATED PLAN

     The  Employer  discretionary  contribution  for  the  Plan  Year  shall  be
     allocated in the same ratio as each Participant's Compensation bears to the
     total of such Compensation of all Participants.

     e.  (X)   FOR AN INTEGRATED PLAN

     The  Employer  discretionary  contribution  for  the  Plan  Year  shall  be
     allocated  in   accordance   with  Plan  Section   4.3(b)(2)   based  on  a
     Participant's Compensation in excess of:

     f.  ( )   The Taxable Wage Base.

     g.  ( )   The greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
     h.  ( )   ____% of the Taxable Wage Base.  (See Note below)
     i.  (X)   $  22,000   . (See Note below)
                -----------

     NOTE: The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be reduced to:

         1.  4.3% if h. or i. above is more than 20% and less than or  equal  to
             80% of the Taxable Wage Base.
         2.  5.4% if h. or i. above is less than 100% and  more than  80% of the
             Taxable Wage Base.

                                       13
<PAGE>

E5   QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 11.1(d))

     a.  (X)   N/A.  There shall  be  no  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions
               except as provided in Section 11.5(b) and 11.7(h).
     b.  ( )   The  Employer  shall  make  a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
               equal  to  ____% of  the  total  Compensation of all Participants
               eligible to share in the allocations.
     c.  ( )   The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in an
               amount to be determined by the Employer.

E6   FORFEITURES (Plan Section 4.3(e))

     a.  Forfeitures  of  contributions  other than matching contributions shall
         be...

         1.  ( ) added to the Employer's contribution under the Plan.
         2.  (X) allocated to all  Participants  eligible to share in the
                 allocations in the same proportion  that each  Participant's
                 Compensation  for the year bears to the  Compensation of all
                 Participants for such year.

     b.  Forfeitures of matching contributions shall be...

         1.  ( ) N/A.  No matching contributions or match is fully vested.
         2.  (X) used to reduce the Employer's matching contribution.
         3.  ( ) allocated to all Participants eligible to share in the
                 allocations in proportion to each such Participant's
                 Compensation for the year.
         4.  ( ) allocated to all Non-Highly Compensated Employee's eligible to
                 share in the allocations in proportion to each such
                 Participant's Compensation for the year.

                                       14
<PAGE>

E7   ALLOCATIONS TO TERMINATED PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 4.3(k))

     Any Participant who terminated  employment during the Plan Year for reasons
     other than death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement:

     a.  With respect to the allocation of Employer  Non-Elective  Contributions
         (other  than  matching),  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions,   and
         Forfeitures for Plan Years beginning prior to 1990:

         1. ( ) N/A
         2. ( ) shall  share  in such  allocations  provided  such  Participant
                completed a Year of Service.
         3. (X) shall not share in such allocations regardless of Hours of
                Service.

     NOTE:     The Plan  provides  that for Plan Years  beginning  after 1989, a
               terminated  Participant shall share in such allocations  provided
               such Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

     b. With respect to the  allocation of Employer  Matching  Contributions,  a
Participant:

         1.   For Plan Years beginning after 1989,

              i.   ( )  N/A, Plan does not provide for matching contributions.
              ii.  (X)  shall share in the allocations, regardless of Hours of
                        Service.
              iii. ( )  shall share in the allocations provided such Participant
                        completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

         2. For Plan Years beginning before 1990,

              i.   ( )  N/A, new Plan, or same as Plan Years beginning after
                        1989.
              ii.  (X)  shall share in the allocations, regardless of Hours of
                        Service.
              iii. ( )  shall share in the allocations provided such Participant
                        completed a Year of Service.

E8   ALLOCATIONS OF EARNINGS (Plan Section 4.3(c))

     Allocations  of earnings  with respect to amounts  contributed  to the Plan
     after  the  previous  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation  date  shall be
     determined...

     a.  (  ) by using a weighted average.
     b.  (  ) by treating one-half of all such contributions as being a part of
              the Participant's nonsegregated account balance as of the previous
              Anniversary Date or valuation date.
     c.  (X)  by using the method specified in Section 4.3(c).
     d.  (  ) other ____.

                                       15
<PAGE>

E9   LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS (Plan Section 4.4)

     a.  If any  Participant is or was covered under another  qualified  defined
         contribution  plan  maintained  by the  Employer,  or if  the  Employer
         maintains a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), or
         an individual  medical account,  as defined in Code Section  415(1)(2),
         under which amounts are treated as Annual Additions with respect to any
         Participant in this Plan:

         1.    (X) N/A.
         2.    ( ) The provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Plan will apply.
         3.    ( ) Provide  the method  under  which the Plans will limit  total
               Annual  Additions  to the Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  and will
               properly  reduce any Excess  Amounts,  in a manner that precludes
               Employer discretion.

     NOTE:     If a.3 above is selected, an Employer may not rely on the opinion
               letter issued by the Internal  Revenue  Service that this Plan is
               qualified under Code Section 401.

     b.  If any  Participant  is or ever has  been a  Participant  in a  defined
         benefit plan maintained by the Employer:

         1.    (X)  N/A.
         2.    ( )  In any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions credited to the
               Participant  under this Plan may not cause the sum of the Defined
               Benefit Plan  Fraction and the Defined  Contribution  Fraction to
               exceed 1.0. If the Employer's  contribution  that would otherwise
               be made on the  Participant's  behalf during the limitation  year
               would  cause  the 1.0  limitation  to be  exceeded,  the  rate of
               contribution  under  this Plan will be reduced so that the sum of
               the  fractions  equals  1.0.  If the 1.0  limitation  is exceeded
               because of an Excess  Amount,  such Excess Amount will be reduced
               in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4) of the Plan.
         3.    ( ) Provide the method under which the Plans involved will
               satisfy the 1.0 limitation in a manner that  precludes   Employer
               discretion.

                                       16
<PAGE>

E10      DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH (Plan Section 6.6(h))
         Distributions upon the death of a Participant prior to receiving any
         benefits shall...

     a. (X) be made pursuant to the election of the Participant or beneficiary.
     b. ( ) begin within 1 year of death for a designated beneficiary and be
            payable over the life (or over a period not exceeding the life
            expectancy) of such  beneficiary,  except that if the beneficiary
            is  the   Participant's   spouse,   begin  within  the  time  the
            Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

     c. ( ) be made within 5 years of death for all beneficiaries.
     d. ( ) other _____.

E11      LIFE EXPECTANCIES (Plan Section 6.5(f)) for minimum distributions
         required pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) shall...

     a.  ( ) be calculated at the Participant's election.
     b.  ( ) be recalculated.
     c.  (X) not be recalculated.

E12      CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION
         Distributions upon termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.4(a)
         of the Plan shall not be made unless the following conditions have been
         satisfied:

     a.  (X) N/A. Immediate distributions may be made at Participant's election.
     b.  ( ) The Participant has incurred ___ 1-Year Break(s) in Service.
     c.  ( ) The Participant has reached his or her Early or Normal Retirement
             Age.
     d.  ( ) Distributions may be made at the Participant's election on or after
             the Anniversary Date following termination of employment.
     e.  ( ) Other _____.

E13      FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.5 and 6.6)
         Distributions under the Plan may be made...

     a.  1.    (X)  in lump sums.
         2.    ( )  in lump sums or installments.

     b.  AND, pursuant to Plan Section 6.13,

         1.    (X)  no annuities are allowed (avoids Joint and Survivor rules).
         2.    ( )  annuities are allowed (Plan Section 6.13 shall not apply).

          NOTE:b.1.  above may not be elected if this is an  amendment to a plan
               which  permitted  annuities as a form of  distribution or if this
               Plan  has  accepted a plan to plan transfer of assets from a plan
               which permitted annuities as a form of distribution.

     c.  AND may be made in...

         1.    (X)  cash only (except for insurance or annuity contracts).
         2.    ( )  cash or property.

                                       17
<PAGE>

TOP HEAVY REQUIREMENTS

F1   TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS (Plan Section 4.3(i)):  When a Non-Key Employee is a
     Participant  in this  Plan and a Defined  Benefit  Plan  maintained  by the
     Employer,  indicate which method shall be utilized to avoid  duplication of
     top heavy minimum benefits.

     a. (X) The Employer does not maintain a Defined Benefit Plan.
     b. ( ) A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 5% of each Non-Key
            Employee's total  Compensation shall be provided in this Plan, as
            specified in Section  4.3(i).  (The  Defined  Benefit and Defined
            Contribution Fractions will be computed using 100% if this choice
            is selected.)
     c. ( ) A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 7 1/2% of each Non-Key
            Employee's total Compensation shall be provided in this Plan, as
            specified in Section 4.3(i).  (If this choice is selected, the
            Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Fractions will be computed
            using 125% for all Plan Years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but
            not Super Top Heavy.)
     d. ( ) Specify  the method  under  which the Plans will  provide top
            heavy minimum  benefits for Non-Key  Employees that will preclude
            Employer  discretion and avoid inadvertent  omissions,  including
            any adjustments required under Code Section 415(e).

                                       18
<PAGE>

F2   PRESENT VALUE OF ACCRUED  BENEFIT (Plan Section 2.2) for Top Heavy purposes
     where the  Employer  maintains a Defined  Benefit  Plan in addition to this
     Plan, shall be based on...

     a.  (X)   N/A.  The Employer does not maintain a defined benefit plan.

     b.  ( )   Interest Rate:  ___

               Mortality Table:  ___

F3   TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS:  Employer  maintaining  two  (2)  or  more  Defined
     Contribution Plans (other than paired plans).

     a.  (X)   N/A.
     b.  ( )   A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 3% of each Non-Key
               Employee's total Compensation shall be provided in the Money
               Purchase Plan (or other plan subject to Code Section 412), where
               the Employer maintains two (2) or more non-paired Defined
               Contribution Plans.
     c.  ( )   Specify  the method  under  which the Plans will  provide top
               heavy minimum  benefits for Non-Key  Employees that will preclude
               Employer  discretion and avoid inadvertent  omissions,  including
               any adjustments required under Code Section 415(e).

F4   IS THIS A PAIRED PLAN?

     a.  (   ) Yes.  Name the Plan(s) with which this is paired.

               -----------------------------------------------------------------

     b.  (X)   No or N/A.

                                       19
<PAGE>

MISCELLANEOUS

G1   LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.4)

     a.  (X) Yes, loans may be made up to $50,000 or1/2Vested interest.
     b.  ( ) No, loans may not be made.

     If YES, (check all that apply)...

     c.  (X) loans shall be treated as a Directed Investment.
     d.  ( ) loans shall only be made for hardship or financial necessity.

     e.  (X) the minimum loan shall be $1,000.

     f.  ( ) $10,000 de minimis loans may be made regardless of Vested interest.
             (If selected, Plan may need security in addition to Vested
             interest.)

     NOTE:Department  of Labor  Regulations  require the  adoption of a SEPARATE
          written loan program setting forth the  requirements  outlined in Plan
          Section 7.4.

G2   DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS (Plan Section 4.8) are permitted for the
     interest in any one or more accounts.

     a.  (X) Yes, regardless of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan.
     b.  ( ) Yes, but only with respect to the Participant's Vested interest  in
             the Plan.
     c.  ( ) Yes, but only with respect to those accounts which are 100% Vested.
     d.  ( ) No directed investments are permitted.

G3   TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS (Plan Section 4.6)

     a. (X) Yes, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers) will be allowed.
     b. ( ) No,  transfers  from  qualified  plans (and  rollovers)  will not be
            allowed.

     AND, transfers shall be permitted...

     c.  (X) from any Employee, even if not a Participant.
     d.  ( ) from Participants only.

                                       20
<PAGE>

G4   EMPLOYEES' VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.7)

     a.  ( ) Yes, Voluntary Contributions are allowed subject to the limits of
             Section 4.10.
     b.  (X) No, Voluntary Contributions will not be allowed.

 NOTE: TRA '86 subjects voluntary contributions to strict discrimination rules.

G5   HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.11 and 11.8)

     a.  ( ) Yes, from any accounts which are 100% Vested.
     b.  ( ) Yes, from Participant's Elective Account only.
     c.  ( ) Yes, but limited to the Participant's Account only.
     d.  (X) No.

     NOTE:     Distributions  from a Participant's  Elective Account are limited
               to the portion of such account attributable to such Participant's
               Deferred  Compensation  and earnings  attributable  thereto up to
               December 31, 1998. Also hardship  distributions are not permitted
               from a Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Account.

G6   PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION (Plan Section 6.10)

     a.  ( ) If a Participant has reached the age of ___, distributions may be
             made, at the Participant's election, from any accounts which are
             100% Vested without requiring the Participant to terminate
             employment.
     b.  (X) No pre-retirement distribution may be made.

     NOTE:Distributions  from a  Participant's  Elective  Account and  Qualified
          Non-Elective Account are not permitted prior to age 59 1/2.

                                       21
<PAGE>

G7  LIFE   INSURANCE   (Plan  Section   7.2(d))  may  be  purchased   with  Plan
    contributions.

    a.  ( ) No life insurance may be purchased.
    b.  ( ) Yes, at the option of the Administrator.
    c.  (X) Yes, at the option of the Participant.

    AND, the purchase of initial or additional  life insurance shall be subject
    to the following limitations: (select all that apply)

    d.  (X) N/A, no limitations.
    e.  ( ) each initial Contract shall have a minimum face amount of $_____.
    f.  ( ) each additional Contract shall have a minimum face amount of $_____.
    g.  ( ) the Participant has completed ____ Years of Service.
    h.  ( ) the Participant has completed ____ Years of Service while a
            Participant in the Plan.
    i.  ( ) the Participant is under age ___ on the Contract issue date.
    j.  ( ) the maximum amount of all Contracts on behalf of a Participant shall
            not exceed $____.
    k.  ( ) the maximum face amount of life insurance shall be $____.

                                       22
<PAGE>

An Employer who has ever  maintained or who later adopts any plan in addition to
this Plan  (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e),
which provides  post-retirement  medical benefits allocated to separate accounts
for Key  Employees,  as  defined in Code  Section  419A(d)(3)  or an  individual
medical account,  as defined in Code Section  415(1)(2)) (other than paired plan
#01-002,  #01-004)  may not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the  National
Office of the Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified
under Code Section 401. If the Employer who adopts or maintains  multiple  plans
wishes to obtain reliance that the Employer's plan(s) are qualified, application
for a  determination  letter  should  be made to the  appropriate  key  district
director of Internal Revenue.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with basic Plan document
#01. This Adoption Agreement and the basic Plan document shall together be known
as PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan and Trust #01-006.

The  adoption of this Plan,  its  qualification  by the IRS, and the related tax
consequences are the  responsibility of the Employer and its independent tax and
legal advisors.

PENSION & BENEFIT  FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  INC.  will  notify the  Employer of any
amendments made to the Plan or of the  discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan
provided  this  Plan  has been  acknowledged  by  PENSION  &  BENEFIT  FINANCIAL
SERVICES,  INC. or its authorized  representative.  Furthermore,  in order to be
eligible  to receive  such  notification,  we agree to notify  PENSION & BENEFIT
FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. of any change in address.

                                       23
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Employer  and  Trustee  hereby  cause this Plan to be
executed on  __________________.  Furthermore,  this Plan may not be used unless
acknowledged  by PENSION & BENEFIT  FINANCIAL  SERVICES,  INC. or its authorized
representative.

EMPLOYER:

Pinnacle Bank


By:____________________________________


   ____________________________________      ___________________________________
        TRUSTEE, Al H. Simmons                   TRUSTEE, Thomas L. Sherer


   ____________________________________      ___________________________________
        TRUSTEE, Robert B. Nolan, Jr.            TRUSTEE, Ann Davis


   ____________________________________
         TRUSTEE

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER:


   ____________________________________
         (enter name)

By:____________________________________

This Plan may not be used,  and shall not be deemed to be a  Regional  Prototype
Plan,  unless an  authorized  representative  of  PENSION  &  BENEFIT  FINANCIAL
SERVICES, INC. has acknowledged the use of the Plan. Such acknowledgement is for
administerial purposes only. It acknowledges that the Employer is using the Plan
but does not represent  that this Plan,  including  the choices  selected on the
Adoption  Agreement,  has been  reviewed by a  representative  of the sponsor or
constitutes a qualified retirement plan.

PENSION & BENEFIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.



By:____________________________________

                                       24

                                   EXHIBIT 4.2
<PAGE>

                  PINNACLE BANK PROFIT SHARING RETIREMENT PLAN

                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

I    INTRODUCTION TO YOUR PLAN................................................1
II   GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR PLAN......................................1
     1.       General Plan Information........................................2
     2.       Employer Information............................................2
     3.       Plan Administrator Information..................................2
     4.       Plan Trustee Information........................................3
     5.       Service of Legal Process........................................3
III  PARTICIPATION IN YOUR PLAN...............................................3
     1.       Eligibility Requirements........................................3
     2.       Participation Requirements......................................3
IV   CONTRIBUTIONS TO YOUR PLAN...............................................4
     1.       Employer Contributions to the Plan..............................4
     2.       Participant Salary Reduction Election...........................5
     3.       Your Share of Employer Contributions............................6
     4.       Compensation....................................................7
     5.       Forfeitures.....................................................7
     6.       Transfers From Qualified Plans (Rollovers)......................8
     7.       Directed Investments............................................8
V    BENEFITS UNDER YOUR PLAN.................................................8
     1.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Normal Retirement.................8
     2.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Early Retirement..................8
     3.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Late Retirement...................9
     4.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Death.............................9
     5.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Disability.......................10
     6.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Termination of Employment........10
     7.       Vesting in Your Plan...........................................11
     8.       Benefit Payment Options........................................11
     9.       Treatment of Distributions From Your Plan......................12
     10.      Domestic Relations Order.......................................12
     11.      Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation...........................13
VI   YEAR OF SERVICE RULES...................................................13
     1.       Year of Service and Hour of Service............................13
     2.       1-Year Break in Service........................................14
VII  YOUR PLAN'S "TOP HEAVY RULES"...........................................15
     1.       Explanation of "Top Heavy Rules"...............................15
VIII LOANS...................................................................15
     1.       Loan Requirements..............................................15
IX   CLAIMS BY PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES................................17
     1.       The Claims Review Procedure....................................17
X    STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS...............................................18
     1.       Explanation of Your ERISA Rights...............................18
XI   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF YOUR PLAN..................................20
     1.       Amendment......................................................20
     2.       Termination....................................................20

                                       i
<PAGE>
                  PINNACLE BANK PROFIT SHARING RETIREMENT PLAN

                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

                                        I
                            INTRODUCTION TO YOUR PLAN

     Pinnacle Bank has amended your 401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan and Trust as of
January 1, 1998.  Pinnacle Bank continues to recognize the efforts you have made
to its success.  This amended  401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan and Trust is for the
exclusive benefit of eligible employees and their beneficiaries.

     Your Plan is a "salary  reduction plan." It is also called a "401(k) plan."
Under this type of plan,  you may choose to reduce  your  compensation  and have
these amounts contributed to this Plan on your behalf.

     The purpose of this Plan is to reward eligible employees for long and loyal
service by providing them with retirement benefits.

     Between  now  and  your   retirement,   your   Employer   intends  to  make
contributions for you and other eligible employees. When you retire, you will be
eligible  to receive  the value of the amounts  which have  accumulated  in your
account.

     This Summary Plan Description is a brief  description of your Plan and your
rights,  obligations,  and benefits under that Plan. Some of the statements made
in this Summary Plan Description are dependent upon this Plan being  "qualified"
under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. This Summary Plan Description
is not meant to interpret,  extend, or change the provisions of your Plan in any
way. The  provisions of your Plan may only be  determined  accurately by reading
the actual Plan document, including the Adoption Agreement.

     A copy  of  your  Plan  and  the  Adoption  Agreement  are on  file at your
Employer's  office  and may be read by you,  your  beneficiaries,  or your legal
representatives  at any  reasonable  time. If you have any  questions  regarding
either your Plan, the Adoption  Agreement or this Summary Plan Description,  you
should ask your Plan's  Administrator.  In the event of any discrepancy  between
this Summary Plan  Description  and the actual  provisions of the Plan, the Plan
will govern.

                                       II
                       GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR PLAN

     There is certain general  information which you may need to know about your
Plan. This information has been summarized for you in this Section.

<PAGE>
1.       General Plan Information

         Pinnacle Bank Profit Sharing Retirement Plan is the name of your Plan.

         Your Employer has assigned Plan Number 002 to your Plan.

         The amended and restated  provisions  of your Plan become  effective on
January 1, 1998.

         Your Plan's records are  maintained on a  twelve-month  period of time.
This is known as the Plan Year.  The Plan Year begins on January lst and ends on
December 31st.

         Certain  valuations and  distributions are made on the Anniversary Date
of your Plan. This date is December 31st.

         The  contributions  made to your Plan will be held and  invested by the
Trustee of your Plan.

         Your  Plan and  Trust  will be  governed  by the  laws of the  State of
Alabama.

2.       Employer Information

         Your Employer's name, address and identification number are:

         Pinnacle Bank
         1811 Second Avenue, Post Office Box 1388
         Jasper, Alabama 35502-1388
         63-0110181

         Your Plan allows other employers to adopt its  provisions.  You or your
beneficiaries  may examine or obtain a complete list of  employers,  if any, who
have adopted your Plan by making a written request to the Administrator.

3.       Plan Administrator Information

         The  name,  address  and  business  telephone  number  of  your  Plan's
Administrator are:

         Pinnacle Bank
         1811 Second Avenue, Post Office Box 1388
         Jasper, Alabama  35502-1388
         (205) 221-4111

         Your  Plan's  Administrator  keeps  the  records  for the  Plan  and is
responsible  for  the   administration   of  the  Plan.  The  Administrator  has
discretionary   authority   to   construe   the  terms  of  the  Plan  and  make
determinations on questions which may affect your eligibility for benefits. Your
Plan's  Administrator  will also  answer any  questions  you may have about your
Plan.

                                       2
<PAGE>
4.       Plan Trustee Information

         The names of your Plan's Trustees are:

         Al H. Simmons
         Thomas L. Sherer
         Robert B. Nolan, Jr.
         Ann Davis

         The Trustees  will  collectively  be referred to as Trustee  throughout
this Summary Plan Description.

         The principal place of business of your Plan's Trustee is:

         1811 Second Avenue, Post Office Box 1388
         Jasper, Alabama  35502-1388

         Your Plan's Trustee has been  designated to hold and invest Plan assets
for the benefit of you and other Plan  participants.  The trust fund established
by the Plan's  Trustee will be the funding medium used for the  accumulation  of
assets from which benefits will be distributed.

5.       Service of Legal Process

         The name and address of your Plan's agent for service of legal  process
are:

         Pinnacle Bank
         1811 Second Avenue, Post Office Box 1388
         Jasper, Alabama  35502-1388

         Service  of  legal  process  may  also  be made  upon  the  Trustee  or
Administrator.

                                       III
                           PARTICIPATION IN YOUR PLAN

         Before you become a member or a  "participant"  in the Plan,  there are
certain eligibility and participation rules which you must meet. These rules are
explained in this Section.

1.       Eligibility Requirements

         You will be eligible to  participate  in the Plan if you have completed
one (1) Year of Service and have attained age twenty and one-half.

         You should review the Article in this Summary entitled "YEAR OF SERVICE
RULES" for a further explanation of these eligibility requirements.

                                       3
<PAGE>
2.       Participation Requirements

         Once you have satisfied your Plan's eligibility requirements, your next
step will be to actually  become a member or a  "participant"  in the Plan.  You
will  become a  participant  on a  specified  day of the Plan Year.  This day is
called the Effective Date of Participation.

         You will  become a  participant  on the earlier of the first day of the
Plan Year or the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year coinciding with
or next following the date you satisfy your Plan's eligibility requirements.

                                       IV
                           CONTRIBUTIONS TO YOUR PLAN

1.       Employer Contributions to the Plan

         Each year,  your  Employer  will  contribute to your Plan the following
amounts:

         (a) The total amount of the salary reduction you elected to defer. (See
the Section in this Article entitled "Participant Salary Reduction Election.")

         (b) A discretionary  matching contribution equal to a percentage of the
amount of the salary  reduction you elected to defer,  which  percentage will be
determined each year by the Employer.

         However, in applying this matching  percentage,  only salary reductions
up to 6% of your compensation will be considered.

         For a participant to qualify for a matching contribution, the following
conditions apply:

         -        If you are actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year,
                  you will  share  regardless  of the number of Hours of Service
                  credited during the Plan Year.

         -        If you terminate employment (not actively employed on the last
                  day  of  the  Plan   Year),   you  will   receive  a  matching
                  contribution  regardless  of the  number  of Hours of  Service
                  credited for the Plan Year.

         -        You  will  share  in the  matching  contribution  for the year
                  regardless  of the number of Hours of Service  credited in the
                  year of your death, disability or retirement.

         These rules may have been different for Plan Years  beginning  prior to
the date your Employer actually adopted this amendment.  You should refer to any
prior Summary Plan Description or your Administrator if you have any questions.

         (c) A discretionary amount determined each year by your Employer.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         For a participant to qualify for the  discretionary  contribution,  the
following conditions apply:

         -        If you are actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year,
                  you will  share  regardless  of the number of Hours of Service
                  credited during the Plan Year.

         -        If you terminate employment (not actively employed on the last
                  day of the Plan Year), you must be credited with more than 500
                  Hours of Service.

         -        You will share for the year  regardless of the number of Hours
                  of Service  credited in the year of your death,  disability or
                  retirement.

         These rules may have been different for Plan Years  beginning  prior to
the date your Employer actually adopted this amendment.  You should refer to any
prior Summary Plan Description or your Administrator if you have any questions.

2.       Participant Salary Reduction Election

         As a  participant,  you  may  elect  to  defer  a  percentage  of  your
compensation each year instead of receiving that amount in cash.  However,  your
total  deferrals  in any taxable year may not exceed a dollar limit which is set
by law.  The limit for 1997 is $9,500.  This limit will be  increased  in future
years for cost of living  changes.  The  Administrator  will  notify  you of the
maximum percentage you may defer.

         You may elect to defer your salary as of January  lst & July lst.  Such
election  will  become  effective  as soon as  administratively  feasible.  Your
election  will remain in effect until you modify or terminate it. You may modify
your election as of January lst & July lst of any year.  The  modification  will
become effective as soon as administratively feasible.

         The amount you elect to defer,  and any earnings on that  amount,  will
not be subject to income tax until it is actually distributed to you. This money
will, however, be subject to Social Security taxes at all times.

         You should also be aware that the annual  dollar  limit is an aggregate
limit which  applies to all deferrals you may make under this plan or other cash
or deferred  arrangements  (including  tax-sheltered  403(b) annuity  contracts,
simplified  employee  pensions  or  other  401(k)  plans  in  which  you  may be
participating).  Generally,  if your total  deferrals under all cash or deferred
arrangements for a calendar year exceed the annual dollar limit, the excess must
be included in your income for the year.  For this  reason,  it is  desirable to
request in writing that these  excess  deferrals be returned to you. If you fail
to  request  such a  return,  you may be taxed a  second  time  when the  excess
deferral is ultimately distributed from the Plan.

         You must decide which plan or arrangement you would like to have return
the excess.  If you decide that the excess should be distributed from this Plan,
you should  communicate  this in writing to the  Administrator no later than the
March  lst  following  the  close  of the  calendar  year

                                       5
<PAGE>

in which such excess deferrals were made. The  Administrator may then return the
excess deferral and any earnings to you by April 15th.

         In the event you receive a hardship distribution from your deferrals to
any other  plan  maintained  by your  Employer,  you will not be allowed to make
additional  salary  reductions  for a period of  twelve  (12)  months  after you
receive the  distribution.  Furthermore,  the dollar  limitation set by law with
respect  to your  taxable  year  following  the year in which you  received  the
distribution, will be reduced by your salary reductions, if any, for the taxable
year of the distribution.

         You will always be 100% vested in the amount you  deferred.  This means
that you will always be entitled to all of the deferred amount.  This money win,
however,  be affected by any investment gains or losses. If the Trustee invested
this money and there was a gain, the balance in your account would increase.  Of
course, if there was a loss, the balance in your account would decrease.

         Distributions  from your deferred  account are not permitted before age
59 1/2 EXCEPT in the event of:

                (a)      death;

                (b)      disability; or

                (c)      termination of employment.

         In  addition,  if you  are a  highly  compensated  employee  (generally
owners,  officers or individuals  receiving  wages in excess of certain  amounts
established by law), a distribution from your deferred account of certain excess
contributions  may be required to comply with the law.  The  Administrator  will
notify you when a distribution is required.

3.       Your Share of Employer Contributions

         Your Employer will allocate the amount you elect to defer to an account
maintained on your behalf.

         If you are  eligible,  your  Employer  will also  allocate the matching
contribution  made to the Plan on your behalf.  (See the Section in this Article
entitled "Employer Contributions to the Plan.")

         Your  Employer's  discretionary  contribution  will be  "allocated"  or
divided among  participants  eligible to share in the  contribution for the Plan
Year. Your share of the contribution  will depend upon how much compensation you
received  during  the  year and the  compensation  received  by  other  eligible
participants.

         The  contribution  will  be  allocated  to  your  account  in the  same
         proportion that your  compensation  plus your compensation in excess of
         $22,000  (also  called  "excess

                                       6
<PAGE>

         compensation")   bears  to  the   total   compensation   plus   "excess
         compensation"  of all  eligible  participants.   However,  the  maximum
         amount  which can be  allocated  to you in this  first step is 4.3 % of
         your compensation plus your "excess compensation."

         If the dollar  amount in the  immediately  preceding  paragraph is less
         than 20% or more than 80% of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base, the
         percentage in the immediately  preceding  paragraph will be adjusted to
         5.7% or 5.4%,  respectively.  Your Administrator will inform you of any
         change in the percentage.

         If after the first step of the allocation process there still remains a
         portion  of  your  Employer's  contribution  which  has  not  yet  been
         allocated,  then the  remainder  will be  allocated  to you in the same
         proportion that your  compensation  bears to the total  compensation of
         all participants.

         In addition to the Employer's  contributions made to your account, your
account will be credited  annually  with a share of the  investment  earnings or
losses of the trust fund.

         You should  also be aware that the law  imposes  certain  limits on how
much  money may be  allocated  to your  account  for a year.  These  limits  are
extremely  complex,  but  generally no more than the lesser of $30,000 or 25% of
your compensation may be allocated to you (excluding  earnings) in any year. The
Administrator will inform you if these limits have affected you.

4.       Compensation

         For the  purposes  of your Plan,  compensation  has a special  meaning.
Compensation is defined as your total salary,  wages and other amounts which are
includible  in your income for purposes of income tax  withholding  that is paid
during the Plan Year.

         In addition,  salary reduction contributions to any cafeteria plan, tax
sheltered  annuity,  SEP or 401(k) plan will not be included as compensation for
Plan purposes.

         For the first year of your participation in the Plan, your compensation
will be recognized for benefit purposes for the entire Plan Year.

         For the Plan Year beginning in 1997 and for Plan Years thereafter,  the
Plan, by law, cannot recognize  compensation in excess of $160,000.  This amount
will be adjusted in future years for cost of living  increases.  It will also be
applied to certain highly  compensated  employees and their family members as if
they  were a  single  participant.  If you or a  member  of your  family  may be
affected by this rule, ask your Administrator for further details.

5.       Forfeitures

         Forfeitures are created when participants  terminate  employment before
becoming  entitled to their full benefits under the Plan.  Your account may grow
from the forfeitures of other  participants.  Forfeitures will be "allocated" or
divided among participants eligible to share for a

                                       7
<PAGE>

Plan Year.  However,  a portion of forfeited amounts will be used to reduce your
Employer's contributions to the Plan.

6.       Transfers From Qualified Plans (Rollovers)

         At the discretion of the Administrator, you may be permitted to deposit
into your Plan  distributions you have received from other plans. Such a deposit
is called a "rollover"  and may result in tax savings to you. You should consult
qualified counsel to determine if a rollover is in your best interest.

         Your  rollover  will  be  placed  in  a  separate   account   called  a
"participant's  rollover  account." The  Administrator  may establish  rules for
investment.

         You will always be 100% vested in your  "rollover  account." This means
that you will always be entitled to all of your rollover contributions. Rollover
contributions will be affected by any investment gains or losses. If the Trustee
invested  this money and there was a gain,  the  balance in your  account  would
increase. Of course, if there was a loss from an investment, the balance in your
account would decrease.

7.       Directed Investments

         The  Administrator  may establish  rules for investment of your account
balance.  If the Administrator  approves,  you may direct the investment of your
account balance.

                                        V
                            BENEFITS UNDER YOUR PLAN

1.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Normal Retirement

         Your Normal  Retirement Date is the Anniversary Date coinciding with or
next following your 65th birthday (Normal Retirement Age).

         At your  Normal  Retirement  Age,  you will be entitled to 100% of your
account  balance.  Payment of your  benefits  will begin as soon as  practicable
following your Normal Retirement Date.

 2.      Distribution of Benefits Upon Early Retirement

         Your Early  Retirement Date is any Anniversary  Date coinciding with or
next  following  the date on which  you have  reached  your  55th  birthday  and
completed 10 Years of Service with your Employer. You will have completed a Year
of Service if you are  credited  with 1000 Hours of Service  during a Plan Year,
even if you were not employed on the first or last day of the Plan Year. You may
elect to retire when you reach your Early Retirement Date.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         On your Early  Retirement  Date,  you will be  entitled to 100% of your
account balance.  Payment of your Early Retirement  benefits will begin, at your
election, as soon as practicable following your Early Retirement Date.

3.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Late Retirement

         You may remain  employed  past your Plan's Normal  Retirement  Date and
retire instead on your Late  Retirement  Date.  Your Late Retirement Date is the
Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following the date you choose to retire
after first having reached your Normal  Retirement Date. On your Late Retirement
Date,  you will be  entitled to 100% of your  account  balance.  Actual  benefit
payments will begin as soon as practicable following your Late Retirement Date.

4.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Death

         Your beneficiary will be entitled to a single lump-sum  distribution of
100% of your account balance upon your death.

         You may elect to have life  insurance  purchased  on your behalf by the
Administrator with a portion of your Employer's contribution.  There are various
rules and  limitations  which may be placed on the purchase of insurance such as
minimum face amounts and whether you are insurable.

         If you elect to have a life insurance  policy  purchased on your behalf
with a  portion  of your  Employer's  contribution  made to your  account,  your
account  will be reduced by the amount of the  premiums  and  credited  with any
policy dividends.

         If you are married at the time of your  death,  your spouse will be the
beneficiary  of the death  benefit,  unless you otherwise  elect in writing on a
form to be  furnished  to you by the  Administrator.  IF YOU WISH TO DESIGNATE A
BENEFICIARY  OTHER THAN YOUR  SPOUSE,  HOWEVER,  YOUR  SPOUSE  MUST  IRREVOCABLY
CONSENT TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO THE DEATH BENEFIT.  YOUR SPOUSE'S  CONSENT MUST BE
IN WRITING,  BE WITNESSED BY A NOTARY OR A PLAN  REPRESENTATIVE  AND ACKNOWLEDGE
THE SPECIFIC NONSPOUSE BENEFICIARY.

         If, however,

                    (a) your  spouse has  validly  waived any right to the death
               benefit in the manner outlined above,

                    (b) your spouse cannot be located; or

                    (c) you are not married at the time of your death,

                                       9
<PAGE>

then your death benefit will be paid to the  beneficiary of your own choosing in
a single lump sum. You may designate the beneficiary on a form to be supplied to
you by the Administrator. If you change your designation, your spouse must again
consent to the change.

         Regardless of the method of  distribution  selected,  your entire death
benefit  must  generally be paid to your  beneficiaries  within five years after
your death (the "5-year rule").  However,  if your  designated  beneficiary is a
person (instead of your estate or most trusts), then you or your beneficiary may
elect to have minimum  distributions  begin within one year of your death and it
may be paid over the  designated  beneficiary's  life  expectancy  (the  "1-year
rule").  If your  spouse is the  beneficiary,  then under the "1 -year rule" the
start of payments may be delayed until the year in which you would have attained
age 70 1/2. The election to have death  benefits  distributed  under the "1-year
rule"  instead of the "5-year  rule must be made no later than the time at which
minimum  distributions must commence under the "1-year rule" (or, in the case of
a surviving spouse, the "5-year rule," if earlier).

         Since your  spouse  participates  in these  elections  and has  certain
rights in the death benefit,  you should  immediately  report any change in your
marital status to the Administrator.

5.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Disability

         Under  your  Plan,  disability  is  defined  as a  physical  or  mental
condition  resulting  from bodily  injury,  disease,  or mental  disorder  which
renders you incapable of continuing any gainful  occupation  with your Employer.
Your  disability  will be  determined  by a  licensed  physician  chosen  by the
Administrator. However, if your condition constitutes total disability under the
federal  Social  Security  Act,  then the  Administrator  may deem  that you are
disabled for purposes of the Plan.

         If you become  disabled  while a  participant,  you will be entitled to
100% of your account balance.  Payment of your disability  benefits will be made
to you as if you had retired. (See the Section in this Article entitled "Benefit
Payment Options.")

6.       Distribution of Benefits Upon Termination of Employment

         Your Plan is designed to encourage you to stay with your Employer until
retirement.  Payment of your account  balance under your Plan is generally  only
available upon your death, disability or retirement.

         If your  employment  terminates  for  reasons  other than those  listed
above,  you will be entitled to receive  only your "vested  percentage"  of your
account  balance and the  remainder  of your  account  will be  forfeited.  Only
contributions made by your Employer are subject to forfeiture.  (See the Section
in this Article entitled "Vesting in Your Plan.")

         If  you  so  elect,  the  Administrator  will  direct  the  Trustee  to
distribute  your  vested  benefit to you before  the date it would  normally  be
distributed (upon your death, disability or retirement).  If your vested benefit
under  the  Plan at the  time  of any  prior  distribution  exceeded

                                       10
<PAGE>

$3,500 or currently  exceeds  $3,500,  you must give written  consent before the
distribution may be made. Amounts of $3,500 or less will be distributed  without
the need for consent.

         Under the Plan's administrative procedures, if the value of your vested
account is zero, any non-vested account balance will be forfeited immediately.

7.       Vesting in Your Plan

         Your  "vested  percentage"  in your  account  is  determined  under the
following  schedule and is based on vesting  Years of Service.  You will always,
however, be 100% vested upon your Early or Normal Retirement Age.

(See the Section in this Article entitled "Distribution
of Benefits Upon Normal Retirement.")

                               Vesting Schedule
           Years of Service                            Percentage

                 2                                         20%
                 3                                         40%
                 4                                         60%
                 5                                         80%
                 6                                        100%

         Regardless of this vesting schedule, you are always 100% vested in your
salary reduction amounts contributed to the Plan.

         Your vested  percentage  will not be less than your  vested  percentage
under the Plan before this amendment and restatement.

 8.      Benefit Payment Options

         At the time you are entitled to receive a distribution  under the Plan,
the  Administrator  will direct the  distribution of your benefits to you in one
lump-sum cash payment.

         GENERALLY, WHENEVER A DISTRIBUTION IS TO BE MADE TO YOU ON OR BEFORE AN
ANNIVERSARY  DATE,  IT MAY BE  POSTPONED  BY THE PLAN FOR A PERIOD  OF UP TO 180
DAYS, FOR ADMINISTRATIVE  CONVENIENCE.  HOWEVER,  UNLESS YOU ELECT IN WRITING TO
DEFER THE RECEIPT OF BENEFITS, NO DISTRIBUTION MAY BEGIN LATER THAN THE 60TH DAY
AFTER THE CLOSE OF THE PLAN YEAR IN WHICH  THE  LATEST OF THE  FOLLOWING  EVENTS
OCCURS:

                    (a) the date on which you reach the age of 65 or your Normal
               Retirement Age;

                    (b) the 10th  anniversary  of the year in which you became a
               participant in the Plan;

                                       11
<PAGE>

                    (c) the date you terminated employment with your Employer.

         Regardless of whether you elect to delay the receipt of benefits, there
are other rules which generally  require minimum payments to begin no later than
the April lst following the year in which you reach age 70 1/2.

You should see the Administrator if you feel you may be affected by this rule.

9.       Treatment of Distributions From Your Plan

         Whenever you receive a distribution from your Plan, it will normally be
subject to income taxes. You may, however,  reduce,  or defer entirely,  the tax
due on your distribution through use of one of the following methods:

                  (a) The rollover of all or a portion of the distribution to an
         Individual Retirement Account (IRA) or another qualified employer plan.
         This will result in no tax being due until you begin  withdrawing funds
         from the IRA or other  qualified  employer  plan.  The  rollover of the
         distribution,   however,   MUST  be  made  within  strict  time  frames
         (normally,  within 60 days after you receive your distribution).  Under
         certain  circumstances  all or a  portion  of a  distribution  may  not
         qualify for this rollover  treatment.  In addition,  most distributions
         will be subject to mandatory  federal income tax  withholding at a rate
         of 20%.  This will  reduce the amount you  actually  receive.  For this
         reason,  if you wish to roll over all or a portion of your distribution
         amount,  the direct  transfer  option  described in paragraph (b) below
         would be the better choice.

                  (b) You may request that a direct transfer of all or a portion
         of your distribution amount be made to either an Individual  Retirement
         Account (IRA) or another qualified  employer plan willing to accept the
         transfer.  A direct  transfer will result in no tax being due until you
         withdraw funds from the IRA or other qualified  employer plan. Like the
         rollover, under certain circumstances all or a portion of the amount to
         be distributed may not qualify for this direct  transfer.  If you elect
         to actually  receive  the  distribution  rather  than  request a direct
         transfer,  then in most cases 20% of the  distribution  amount  will be
         withheld for federal income tax purposes.

         The election of favorable  income tax treatment under "10-year  forward
averaging,"  "5-year  forward  averaging"  or, if you qualify,  "capital  gains"
method of taxation.

         WHENEVER YOU RECEIVE A DISTRIBUTION,  THE ADMINISTRATOR WILL DELIVER TO
YOU A MORE  DETAILED  EXPLANATION  OF THESE  OPTIONS.  HOWEVER,  THE RULES WHICH
DETERMINE WHETHER YOU QUALIFY FOR FAVORABLE TAX TREATMENT ARE VERY COMPLEX.  YOU
SHOULD CONSULT WITH QUALIFIED TAX COUNSEL BEFORE MAKING A CHOICE.

10.      Domestic Relations Order

         As a general  rule,  your  interest  in your  account,  including  your
"vested  interest," may not be alienated.  This means that your interest may not
be sold, used as collateral for a loan, given

                                       12
<PAGE>

away or otherwise  transferred.  In  addition,  your  creditors  may not attach,
garnish or otherwise interfere with your account.

         There is an exception, however, to this general rule. The Administrator
may be required by law to recognize  obligations  you incur as a result of court
ordered  child  support  or alimony  payments.  The  Administrator  must honor a
"qualified  domestic relations order." A "qualified domestic relations order" is
defined as a decree or order issued by a court that  obligates  you to pay child
support or alimony,  or otherwise allocates a portion of your assets in the Plan
to your spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent. If a qualified domestic
relations  order is  received  by the  Administrator,  all or a portion  of your
benefits may be used to satisfy the obligation. The Administrator will determine
the validity of any domestic relations order received.

11.      Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation

         Benefits  provided by your Plan are NOT insured by the Pension  Benefit
Guaranty  Corporation  (PBGC) under Title IV of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security  Act of 1974  because  the  insurance  provisions  under  ERISA are not
applicable to your Plan.

                                       VI
                              YEAR OF SERVICE RULES

1.       Year of Service and Hour of Service

         The  term  "Year of  Service"  is used  throughout  this  Summary  Plan
Description and throughout your Plan. A Year of Service for eligibility purposes
is defined as follows:

         You will have  completed a Year of Service if, at the end of your first
         twelve  consecutive  months of employment with your Employer,  you have
         been credited with 1000 Hours of Service.

         If you have not been  credited with 1000 Hours of Service by the end of
         your  first  twelve  consecutive  months of  employment,  you will have
         completed  a Year of  Service  at the end of any  following  Plan  Year
         during which you were credited with 1000 Hours of Service.

         You will have  completed a Year of Service for vesting  purposes if you
are credited with 1000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year, even if you were not
employed on the first or last day of the Plan Year.

         Also,  for the  purposes of the Plan,  your Years of Service with First
Federal of Alabama,  F.S.B.  and with First General Lending  Corporation will be
recognized.

         An "Hour of Service" has a special meaning for Plan purposes.  You will
be credited with an Hour of Service for:

                                       13
<PAGE>

                  (a)  each  hour  for  which  you are  directly  or  indirectly
         compensated  by your Employer for the  performance of duties during the
         Plan Year;

                  (b)  each  hour  for  which  you are  directly  or  indirectly
         compensated  by your  Employer for reasons  other than  performance  of
         duties  (such as vacation,  holidays,  sickness,  disability,  lay-off,
         military duty, jury duty or leave of absence during the Plan Year); and

                  (c)  each  hour  for back pay  awarded  or  agreed  to by your
         Employer.

         You will not be credited  for the same Hours of Service  both under (a)
or (b), as the case may be, and under (c).

2.       1-Year Break in Service

         A 1-Year Break in Service is a computation period during which you have
not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with your Employer.

         A 1-Year Break in Service does NOT occur,  however,  in the computation
period in which you enter or leave the Plan for reasons of:

                  (a)      an authorized leave of absence;

                  (b)      certain maternity or paternity absences.

         The Administrator  will be required to credit you with Hours of Service
for a maternity or  paternity  absence.  These are absences  taken on account of
pregnancy,  birth,  or adoption of your child. No more than 501 Hours of Service
will be credited  for this  purpose and these Hours of Service  will be credited
solely to avoid your incurring a 1-Year Break in Service.  The Administrator may
require you to furnish  proof that your  absence  qualifies  as a  maternity  or
paternity absence.

         These  break in  service  rules  may be  illustrated  by the  following
examples:

         Employee A works 300 hours in a Plan Year. At the end of the Plan Year,
         Employee A will have a 1-Year  Break in Service  because she has worked
         less than 501  hours in a Plan  Year.  Employee  B works 300 hours in a
         Plan  Year and takes an  authorized  leave of  absence  for which he is
         credited  with an  additional  250  hours.  Employee  B will NOT have a
         1-Year Break in Service because he is credited with more than 500 hours
         in a Plan Year.

         If you are  reemployed  after a 1-Year Break in Service and were vested
in any portion of your account  derived from  Employer  contributions,  you will
receive credit for all Years of Service credited to you before your 1-Year Break
in Service.

                                       14
<PAGE>

         If you do not have a "vested  interest" in the  Employer  contributions
allocated to your  account when you  terminate  your  employment,  you will lose
credit for your pre-break Years of Service when your  consecutive  1-Year Breaks
in Service equal or exceed the greater of 5 years,  or your  pre-break  Years of
Service. For example:

         Employee  B  terminated  employment  on January 1, 2000 with 2 Years of
         Service.  Employee B was not vested at the time of his  termination  of
         employment.  Employee B returns to work on January 1, 2003.  Employee B
         will be  credited  with his 2  pre-break  Years of Service  because his
         period of termination (3-years) did not exceed 5 years.

                                       VII
                          YOUR PLAN'S "TOP HEAVY RULES"

1.       Explanation of "Top Heavy Rules"

         A 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan that primarily benefits "key employees" is
called a "top heavy plan." Key employees are certain  owners or officers of your
Employer.  A Plan is a "top heavy plan" when more than 60% of the  contributions
or benefits have been allocated to key employees.

         Each  year, the  Administrator  is responsible for determining  whether
         your Plan is a "top heavy plan."

         If your Plan becomes top heavy in any Plan Year, then non-key employees
will be entitled to certain  "top heavy  minimum  benefits,"  and other  special
rules will apply. Among these top heavy rules are the following:

               (a) Your Employer may be required to make a contribution equal to
          3% of your compensation to your account;

               (b) If you are a participant  in more than one Plan,  you may not
          be entitled to minimum benefits under both Plans.

                                      VIII
                                      LOANS

         You may  apply to the  Administrator  for a loan  from the  Plan.  Your
application must be in writing on forms which the Administrator  will provide to
you. The Administrator may also request that you provide additional information,
such as financial statements,  tax returns and credit reports. After considering
your application,  the Administrator may, in its discretion,  determine that you
qualify  for the loan.  The  Administrator  will  inform  the  Trustee  that you
qualify. The Trustee may then review the Administrator's  determination and make
a loan to you if it is a prudent investment for the Plan.

                                       15
<PAGE>

1.       Loan Requirements

         There are various rules and requirements that apply for any loan. These
rules are outlined in this Section. In addition, your Employer has established a
written loan program which explains these  requirements in more detail.  You can
request a copy of the loan program from the Administrator.  Generally, the rules
for loans include the following:

                  (a) Loans must be made available to all participants and their
         beneficiaries on a uniform and non-discriminatory basis.

                  (b) All loans must be  adequately  secured.  You may use up to
         one-half  (1/2)  of your  vested  account  balance  under  the  Plan as
         security for the loan.  If more  security is required,  your  principal
         residence  may be used,  if  permitted  by State law. The Plan may also
         require that repayments on the loan obligation be by payroll deduction.

                  (c) All loans must bear a  reasonable  rate of  interest.  The
         interest  rate must be one a bank or other  professional  lender  would
         charge for making a loan in a similar circumstance.

                  (d) All loans  must have a  definite  repayment  period  which
         provides for payments to be made not less  frequently  than  quarterly,
         and for the loan to be  amortized  on a level  basis over a  reasonable
         period of time, not to exceed five (5) years.  However,  if you use the
         loan to acquire your principal residence, you may repay the loan over a
         reasonable period of time that may be longer than five (5) years.

                  (e) All loans will be  considered a directed  investment  from
         your account under the Plan.  All payments of principal and interest by
         you on a loan will be credited to your account.

                  (f) The  amount  the Plan may loan to you is  limited by rules
         under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  All  loans,  when  added  to  the
         outstanding  balance of all other loans from the Plan,  will be limited
         to the lesser of:

                           (1) $50,000  reduced by the  excess,  if any, of your
                  highest  outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the
                  one-year  period  prior  to the  date of the  loan  over  your
                  current outstanding balance of loans; or

                           (2)      1/2 of your vested account balance.

                  The $50,000  limit stated in (1) above will not be reduced for
                  loans made on or before December 31, 1986.

                  Also, no loan in an amount less than $1,000 will be made.

                  (g) If you fail to make  payments  when they are due under the
         loan, you will be considered to be "in default." The Trustee would then
         have  authority to take all

                                       16
<PAGE>

         reasonable  actions to  collect  the  balance  owing on the loan.  This
         could include  filing a  lawsuit or foreclosing on the security for the
         loan.  Under certain  circumstances,  a loan  that is in default may be
         considered a  distribution  from the Plan, and  could result in taxable
         income to you. In any event,  your failure to repay  a loan will reduce
         the benefit you would otherwise be entitled to from the Plan.

                                       IX
                    CLAIMS BY PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES

         Benefits will be paid to participants and their  beneficiaries  without
the necessity of formal claims. You or your beneficiaries,  however,  may make a
request for any Plan  benefits to which you may be  entitled.  Any such  request
must be made in writing,  and it should be made to the  Administrator.  (See the
Article in this Summary entitled "GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR PLAN.")

         Your  request for Plan  benefits  will be  considered  a claim for Plan
benefits,  and it will be  subject to a full and fair  review.  If your claim is
wholly or partially denied,  the  Administrator  will furnish you with a written
notice of this  denial.  This  written  notice  must be provided to you within a
reasonable period of time (generally 90 days) after the receipt of your claim by
the Administrator. The written notice must contain the following information:

               (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

               (b)  specific  reference  to those Plan  provisions  on which the
          denial is based;

               (c) a  description  of any  additional  information  or  material
          necessary  to  correct  your  claim  and an  explanation  of why  such
          material or information is necessary; and

               (d) appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if you or
          your beneficiary wishes to submit your claim for review.

         If  notice  of  the  denial  of a  claim  is  not  furnished  to you in
accordance with the above within a reasonable period of time, your claim will be
deemed  denied.  You will then be  permitted  to  proceed  to the  review  stage
described in the following paragraphs.

         If your claim has been  denied,  and you wish to submit  your claim for
review, you must follow the Claims Review Procedure.

1.       The Claims Review Procedure

                  (a) Upon the denial of your claim for  benefits,  you may file
         your claim for review, in writing, with the Administrator.

                  (b) YOU MUST FILE THE CLAIM FOR  REVIEW NO LATER  THAN 60 DAYS
         AFTER YOU HAVE  RECEIVED  WRITTEN  NOTIFICATION  OF THE  DENIAL OF YOUR
         CLAIM FOR BENEFITS OR, IF NO WRITTEN DENIAL OF

                                       17
<PAGE>

         YOUR  CLAIM WAS PROVIDED, NO LATER THAN 60 DAYS AFTER THE DEEMED DENIAL
         OF YOUR CLAIM.

                  (c) You may review all  pertinent  documents  relating  to the
         denial of your claim and submit any issues and comments, in writing, to
         the Administrator.

                  (d)  Your  claim  for  review  must be  given a full  and fair
         review.  If your claim is denied,  the  Administrator  must provide you
         with  written   notice  of  this  denial   within  60  days  after  the
         Administrator's  receipt of your written claim for review. There may be
         times when this 60-day period may be extended.  This extension may only
         be made,  however,  where  there are  special  circumstances  which are
         communicated to you in writing within the 60-day period. If there is an
         extension,  a decision will be made as soon as possible,  but not later
         than 120 days  after  receipt  by the  Administrator  of your claim for
         review.

                  (e) The Administrator's decision on your claim for review will
         be communicated to you in writing and will include specific  references
         to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision was based.

                  (f) If the Administrator's decision on review is not furnished
         to you within the time limitations  described above, your claim will be
         deemed denied on review.

                  (g) If benefits are provided or  administered  by an insurance
         company,  insurance  service,  or other similar  organization  which is
         subject to regulation  under the insurance  laws, the claims  procedure
         relating to these benefits may provide for review. If so, that company,
         service,  or  organization  will be the  entity  to  which  claims  are
         addressed.  If you have any  questions  regarding  the proper person or
         entity to address claims, you should ask the Administrator.

                                        X
                            STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS

1.       Explanation of Your ERISA Rights

         As a  participant  in this Plan you are entitled to certain  rights and
protections  under the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  also
called ERISA. ERISA provides that all Plan participants are entitled to:

               (a) examine, without charge, all Plan documents, including:

                    (1) insurance contracts;

                    (2) collective bargaining agreements; and

                    (3) copies of all documents  filed by the Plan with the U.S.
               Department  of Labor,  such as detailed  annual  reports and Plan
               descriptions.

                                       18
<PAGE>

          This  examination may take place at the Administrator's  office and at
other specified employment  locations of the Employer.  (See the Article in this
Summary entitled "GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR PLAN");

                  (b)  obtain  copies  of all  Plan  documents  and  other  Plan
         information  upon  written  request  to  the  Plan  Administrator.  The
         Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies;

                  (c) receive a summary of the Plan's annual  financial  report.
         The Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a
         copy of this summary annual report;

                  (d) obtain a statement telling you whether you have a right to
         receive a retirement  benefit at Normal Retirement Age and, if so, what
         your  benefits  would be at Normal  Retirement  Age if you stop working
         under the Plan now. If you do not have a right to a retirement benefit,
         the  statement  will tell you how many  years you have to work to get a
         right to a  retirement  benefit.  THIS  STATEMENT  MUST BE REQUESTED IN
         WRITING AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE GIVEN MORE THAN ONCE A YEAR. The Plan
         must provide the statement free of charge.

         In addition to creating  rights for Plan  participants,  ERISA  imposes
duties upon the people who are  responsible  for the operation of the Plan.  The
people who operate your Plan,  called  "fiduciaries" of the Plan, have a duty to
do so  prudently  and in the  interest  of you and other Plan  participants  and
beneficiaries. No one, including your employer or any other person, may fire you
or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a
pension benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

         If your claim for a  retirement  benefit is denied in whole or in part,
you must receive a written  explanation  of the reason for the denial.  You have
the right to have the  Administrator  review and reconsider your claim. (See the
Article in this Summary entitled "CLAIMS BY PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES.")

         Under ERISA,  there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights.
For  instance,  if you request  materials  from the Plan and do not receive them
within 30 days, you may file suit in a federal court.  In such a case, the court
may require the Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $100.00
a day until you  receive  the  materials,  unless  the  materials  were not sent
because of reasons beyond the control of the Administrator.

         If you have a claim for benefits  which is denied or ignored,  in whole
or in part, you may file suit in a state or federal court.

         If the  Plan's  fiduciaries  misuse  the  Plan's  money,  or if you are
discriminated  against for asserting your rights,  you may seek  assistance from
the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court
will decide who should pay court costs and legal  fees.  If you are  successful,
the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If

                                       19
<PAGE>

you lose,  the court may order you to pay these costs and fees if, for  example,
it finds your claim is frivolous.

         If you have any questions  about this  statement,  or about your rights
under  ERISA,  you  should  contact  the  nearest  Regional  Office  of the U.S.
Department of Labor's Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration.

                                       XI
                     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF YOUR PLAN

1.       Amendment

         Your  Employer  has the right to amend  your  Plan at any  time.  In no
event, however, will any amendment:

                  (a) authorize or permit any part of the Plan assets to be used
         for purposes other than the exclusive  benefit of participants or their
         beneficiaries; or

                  (b)   cause  any  reduction  in  the  amount  credited to your
         account; or

                  (c)  cause  any part of your  Plan  assets  to  revert  to the
         Employer.

2.       Termination

         Your  Employer  has the right to terminate  the Plan at any time.  Upon
termination, all amounts credited to your accounts will become 100% vested.

                                       20

                                   EXHIBIT 23

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent  public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the  incorporation by
reference  in the  Company's  registration  statement  filed  on Form S-8 of our
report dated  February  12, 1999  included in Pinnacle  Bancshares,  Inc.'s Form
10-KSB  for the year ended and to all  references  to our Firm  included  in the
registration statement.

                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
August 16, 1999


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission